Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals / Dow

Dow

dow · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker dow
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Dow
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2012 Annual Report

This Annual Report includes Downer EDI Limited Directors’ Report, the Annual Financial Report 
and Independent Audit Report for the financial year ended 30 June 2012.

The Annual Report is available on the Downer website www.downergroup.com.

CONTENTS

Directors’ Report 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

Consolidated Income Statement  

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the financial statements:  

  1. 

Summary of accounting policies 

  2. 

Segment information 

  3.  Profit from ordinary activities – continuing operations 

  4. 

Individually significant items 

  5. 

Income tax – continuing operations 

  6.  Remuneration of auditors 

  7. 

Earnings per share  

  8.  Dividends  

  9.  Cash and cash equivalents  

10. 

Inventories  

11. 

Trade and other receivables  

12.  Other financial assets 

13. 

Tax assets 

14.  Other assets  

15. 

Equity-accounted investments  

16.  Property, plant and equipment  

17. 

Intangible assets  

18. 

Trade and other payables  

19. 

Borrowings  

20. 

Financing facilities 

21.  Other financial liabilities 

22.  Provisions 

23. 

Tax liabilities 

24. 

Issued capital 

25.  Reserves 

26.  Acquisition of businesses 

27.  Disposal of subsidiary 

28. 

Statement of cash flows – additional information  

29.  Commitments  

30.  Contingent liabilities 

31.  Rendering of services and construction contracts 

32. 

Subsequent events 

33.  Controlled entities 

34.  Related party information and key management personnel disclosures 

35.  Key management personnel compensation 

36.  Employee discount share plan 

37. 

Financial instruments 

38.  Parent entity disclosures 

Directors’ Declaration  

Independent Auditor’s Report  

Sustainability Performance Summary 2011/2012 

Corporate Governance 

Information for Investors 

2

32

33

35

36

37

39

40

54

60

62

63

64

64

66

67

67

67

68

69

70

70

73

75

77

78

79

81

81

82

83

84

85

85

87

89

90

91

91

92

96

100

100

100

112

113

114

116

117

123

 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

The Directors of Downer EDI Limited submit the Annual 
Financial Report of the Company for the financial year 
ended 30 June 2012. In compliance with the provisions 
of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), the Directors’ Report 
is set out below.

Board of dIrectors

r m harding (63)

Chairman since November 2010, Independent  
Non-executive Director since July 2008 

Mr Harding is currently a Director of Santos Limited and 
Roc Oil Company Limited and was a Director of Clough 
Limited from 2006 to 2010. He has held management positions 
around the world with British Petroleum (BP), including 
President and General Manager of BP Exploration Australia. 

Mr Harding holds a Masters in Science, majoring in 
Mechanical Engineering. 

Mr Harding lives in Sydney.

G a fenn (47)

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer since 
July 2010

Mr Fenn is an experienced executive with over 20 years 
in operational management, strategic development 
and financial management. Mr Fenn was previously a 
member of the Qantas Airways Limited (Qantas) Executive 
Committee, Chairman of Star Track Express and a Director 
of Australian Air Express. Mr Fenn held a number of senior 
roles at Qantas including Executive General Manager of 
Strategy and Investments and Executive General Manager 
– Associated Businesses, responsible for the Airports, Freight, 
Flight Catering and Qantas Holidays businesses. 

Mr Fenn holds a Bachelor of Economics from Macquarie 
University and is a member of the Australian Institute of 
Chartered Accountants. 

Mr Fenn lives in Sydney.

s a chaplain (54)

L di Bartolomeo (59)

Independent Non-executive Director since June 2006

Mr Di Bartolomeo was Managing Director of ADI Limited 
for four years and prior to this he was Chief Executive of a 
number of substantial businesses for more than 10 years, 
including six years as Managing Director of FreightCorp 
(now Pacific National). 

Mr Di Bartolomeo is National President of the Australian 
Industry Group, Chairman of Macquarie Generation and 
a Director of Australian Rail Track Corporation Limited and 
Australian Super Limited. 

Mr Di Bartolomeo is a qualified civil engineer and has a 
Masters degree in Engineering Science. He is a Fellow of 
the Australian Institute of Management, a Fellow of the 
Chartered Institute of Transport and a Member of the 
Institution of Engineers Australia. 

Mr Di Bartolomeo lives in Sydney.

P s Garling (58)

Independent Non-executive Director since November 2011 

Mr Garling has over 30 years’ experience in the infrastructure, 
construction, development and investment sectors. He 
was most recently the Global Head of Infrastructure at 
AMP Capital Investors, a role he held for nine years. Prior to 
this, Mr Garling was Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of Tenix 
Infrastructure and a long-term senior executive at the Lend 
Lease Group, including five years as CEO of Lend Lease 
Capital Services. 

Mr Garling is currently the Chairman of Australian Renewable 
Fuels Limited and a Director of The DUET Group, of which he 
was inaugural Chairman for seven years. Mr Garling is also 
a Director of the unlisted Infrastructure Fund of India and 
Chairman of the Asian Giants Infrastructure Fund.

Mr Garling holds a Bachelor of Building from the University 
of New South Wales and the Advanced Diploma from the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors. He is a Fellow of the 
Australian Institute of Building, Australian Institute of Company 
Directors and Institution of Engineers Australia.

Independent Non-executive Director since July 2008

Mr Garling lives in Sydney.

Ms Chaplain is a former investment banker with extensive 
experience in public and private sector debt financing. 
She also has considerable experience as a Director of local 
and State government-owned corporations involved in road, 
water and port infrastructure. Ms Chaplain is a member of the 
Board of Taxation, was appointed to the Board of PanAust Ltd 
effective 1 July 2012 and was a Director of Coal & Allied 
Industries Limited from May 2011 to December 2011. She chairs 
KDR Gold Coast Pty Ltd and the Council of St Margaret’s 
Anglican Girls School in Brisbane. 

A Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors, 
Ms Chaplain holds a Bachelor of Arts degree majoring in 
Economics and Mandarin in addition to a Masters of Business 
Administration (MBA) from the University of Melbourne. 

Ms Chaplain lives on the Gold Coast.

2  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

e a howell (66)

K G sanderson ao (61)

Independent Non-executive Director since January 2012

Independent Non-executive Director since January 2012

Ms Howell has over 40 years’ experience in the oil and gas 
industry in a number of technical and managerial roles. She 
was most recently Executive Vice President for Health, Safety 
& Security at Woodside Energy Ltd and served as Executive 
Vice President of North West Shelf at Woodside.

Ms Howell is currently a Director of the West Australian 
Ballet and the Ngarluma & Yindjibarndi Foundation, 
Mermaid Marine Australia Limited and is the Chair and 
CEO of EMR Resources Pty Ltd. She has previously served on a 
number of boards, including the Fremantle Port Authority, the 
Australian Petroleum Production & Exploration Association 
where she chaired the Environmental Affairs Committee and 
as a board member and President of the Australian Mines 
and Metals Association. She is also a past President of the 
Australian Society of Exploration Geophysicists, a life member 
of the Petroleum Club of WA and a distinguished member of 
the Petroleum Exploration Society of Australia.

Ms Howell holds a Bachelor of Science (with Honours in 
Geology and Mathematics) from the University of London, 
an MBA from Edinburgh Business School, and she attended 
an Advanced Management Program at Thunderbird 
Campus in the United States. 

Ms Howell lives in Perth.

J s humphrey (57)

Independent Non-executive Director since April 2001 

Ms Sanderson is an experienced executive and was most 
recently Agent General for the Government of Western 
Australia, based in London. In this role, Ms Sanderson 
represented the Government of Western Australia in Europe 
and Russia and promoted investment in Western Australia 
and Western Australian exports to Europe. She was previously 
Chief Executive Officer of Fremantle Ports for 17 years, and 
prior to that was Deputy Director General of Transport and 
worked for the Western Australian Department of Treasury for 
17 years.

Ms Sanderson holds directorships with a number of 
companies, including Atlas Iron Limited, St John of God 
Health Care, Paraplegic Benefit Fund and Senses Foundation 
(Inc). Ms Sanderson is currently a member of the Advisory 
Council of the Curtin University Business School and has 
previously served as a Director of Austrade, the Australian 
Wheat Board, the Rio Tinto WA Future Fund and the Western 
Australian Lands Authority (LandCorp), as well as having 
served as President of Ports Australia.

Ms Sanderson holds a Bachelor of Science and a Bachelor 
of Economics from the University of Western Australia. She 
received an Honorary Doctorate of Letters from the University 
of Western Australia in 2005 and was named an Officer of 
the Order of Australia in 2004 for services to the development 
and management of the port and maritime industries in 
Australia, and to public sector governance in the areas of 
finance and transport. 

Mr Humphrey is currently Deputy Chairman of King & Wood 
Mallesons, where he is a partner specialising in corporate, 
mergers and acquisitions and infrastructure project work.

Ms Sanderson lives in Perth.

c G thorne (62)

Mr Humphrey is currently a Director of Horizon Oil Limited 
and Wide Bay Australia Limited and is a former Chairman of 
Villa World Limited. He was appointed to the Board of Evans 
Deakin Industries Limited in 2000 and, subsequently, to the 
Board of Downer EDI Limited. He is also a member of the 
Australian Takeovers Panel. 

Mr Humphrey holds a Bachelor of Laws from the University 
of Queensland. 

Mr Humphrey lives in Brisbane.

Independent Non-executive Director since July 2010

Dr Thorne has over 36 years’ experience in the mining and 
extraction industry, specifically in senior operational and 
executive roles across a broad range of product groups and 
functional activities in Australia and overseas. Dr Thorne 
has previously held a number of senior roles at Rio Tinto, 
including as a group executive reporting to Rio Tinto’s Chief 
Executive Officer, as head of Rio Tinto’s coal businesses 
in Indonesia and Australia, and as global head of its 
technology, innovation and project engineering functions. 
From 2006 to 2009, he was Group Executive Technology 
and Innovation and a member of Rio Tinto’s Executive 
and Investment Committees. 

Dr Thorne is a Director of Queensland Energy Resources 
Limited and a Fellow of the Australian Academy of 
Technological Sciences and Engineering. Dr Thorne also 
holds directorships with a number of private companies. 

He holds Bachelor and Doctoral degrees in Metallurgy 
from the University of Queensland. 

Dr Thorne lives on the Sunshine Coast.

annuaL rePort 2012  3

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

DIRECTORS’ ShAREhOlDINgS

The following table sets out each Director’s relevant interest (direct and indirect) in shares, debentures, and rights or options 
in shares or debentures (if any) of the Company at the date of this report. No Director has any relevant interest in shares, 
debentures and rights or options in shares or debentures, of a related body corporate as at the date of this report.

Director

R M Harding

G A Fenn*

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

P S Garling

E A Howell

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson

C G Thorne

Number of Fully Paid  
Ordinary Shares

Number of Fully Paid  
Performance Rights

Number of Fully Paid  
Performance Options

5,780

346,061

50,137

60,903 

–

–

67,982

–

25,750

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

*  mr fenn’s shareholding comprises 30,769 shares acquired under the company’s accelerated renounceable rights offer and 315,292 shares 
that have met all vesting conditions being the first tranche of shares in his 2009 grant (64,767 shares) and his sign-on grant that vested on 
1 July 2011 (250,525 shares). a further 1,105,377 shares have been purchased as mr fenn’s long-term incentive and are held by cPu share 
Plans Pty Ltd (trustee of the downer edI Limited deferred employee share Plan). these shares are subject to performance and service 
period conditions over the period 2013 to 2016. further details regarding the conditions relating to these restricted shares are outlined in 
sections 5.4 and 8 of the remuneration report.

COmPANy SECRETARy

The Company Secretarial function is responsible for ensuring that the Company complies with its statutory duties and maintains 
proper documentation, registers and records. It also provides advice to Directors and officers about corporate governance and 
gives practical effect to any decisions made by the Board.

Mr Tompkins was appointed Company Secretary on 27 July 2011. He has qualifications in law and commerce from Deakin 
University and is admitted as a solicitor in New South Wales. Mr Tompkins joined Downer in 2008 and was appointed General 
Counsel in 2010. Mr Tompkins is currently completing a Graduate Diploma of Applied Corporate Governance from Chartered 
Secretaries Australia.

Mr Lyons was appointed joint Company Secretary on 27 July 2011. A member of CPA Australia and Chartered Secretaries 
Australia, he has qualifications in commerce from the University of Western Sydney and corporate governance from Chartered 
Secretaries Australia. Mr Lyons was previously Deputy Company Secretary and has been in financial and secretarial roles in 
Downer’s corporate office for over 10 years.

PRINCIPAl ACTIvITIES

Downer provides comprehensive engineering and infrastructure management services to the public and private 
Minerals & Metals, Oil & Gas, Power, Transport Infrastructure, Telecommunications, Property and Water sectors across Australia, 
New Zealand and the Asia Pacific region.

REvIEW OF OPERATIONS

Downer made significant progress during the 2012 financial year and the main features of the result for the 12 months  
to 30 June 2012 were:

 – total revenue* of $8.5 billion (including $0.5 billion from joint ventures), up 22.5%

 – statutory earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) of $264.2 million, up from $25.7 million

 – statutory net profit after tax (NPAT) of $112.9 million, up from a loss of $27.7 million

 – underlying EBIT of $346.5 million, up 18.6%

 – underlying NPAT of $195.3 million, up 17.4%

 – operating cash flow of $364.5 million

 – gearing of 18.6% and liquidity of $890.2 million

 – work-in-hand of about $20 billion

Downer’s portfolio structure is now well defined with the establishment of Downer Infrastructure in May 2012 (bringing together 
the Group’s infrastructure businesses in Australia and New Zealand) and the completion of the sale of CPG Asia for $147 million 
in April 2012.

*  total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances 

not proportionately consolidated.

4  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

Downer’s three divisions – Mining, Infrastructure and Rail – are 
leaders in their sectors.

with Jellinbah Resources valued at around $90 million. 
The underground business also continued to perform well 
and is actively pursuing new opportunities.

A profoundly disappointing aspect of Downer’s performance 
during the year was that there were two workplace fatalities 
on road maintenance sites. Downer has implemented a 
number of initiatives to address the hazards involved with 
reversing vehicles.

Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate of 0.93 remained 
below one incident per million hours worked for the year and 
Total Recordable Injury Frequency reduced from 7.17 to 6.21 
per million hours worked.

The Downer Board decided not to declare a final dividend. 
Downer will continue to pay dividends on its Redeemable 
Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS).

OPERATIONAl hIghlIghTS

downer mInInG

 – total revenue of $2.5 billion, up 67.9%

 – EBIT of $173.5 million, up 45.1%

 – EBIT margin of 7.0%, down 1.2 ppts

 – ROFE of 20.3%, up from 19.3%

 – Work-in-hand of $6.5 billion

Downer Mining performed very well during the year with 
revenue growth driven by new and expanded open cut 
mining contracts and record levels of work in the blasting 
and tyre management businesses.

Downer Mining is making solid progress on all its projects, 
including:

 – Christmas Creek, Pilbara, WA (Fortescue Metals Group): 
mine infrastructure, drill and blast services and load and 
haul of overburden and iron ore. This is a six-year contract 
awarded in August 2010 and valued at approximately 
$3 billion. Following the ramp up period, the contract is 
now performing well;

 – Goonyella Riverside, Bowen Basin, QLD (BHP Mitsubishi 

Alliance (BMA)): load and haul of prestrip material and drill 
and blast services. Initially this was a five-year contract, 
beginning in July 2010 and valued at $2 billion, for the 
supply of contract mining services at both Goonyella 
Riverside and Norwich Park. In April 2012, BMA announced 
it would cease production at Norwich Park indefinitely. 
Since this time, Downer’s Norwich Park fleet has been 
redeployed to other BMA mines including Blackwater 
and Saraji;

 – Boggabri, Gunnedah Basin, NSW (Idemitsu Australia 
Resources): drill and blast, mine planning, and load 
and haul of both overburden and coal. This five-year 
agreement commenced in December 2011, with base 
case revenue valued at approximately $900 million over 
the duration of the contract; and

 – Karara, Pilbara, WA (Karara Iron Ore Project): mine 

infrastructure, drill and blast services and load and haul 
of waste and ore. This contract commenced in February 
2012 and has total estimated revenue of approximately 
$570 million over six years.

Downer’s blasting and tyre management businesses 
continued to win new contracts and contract extensions 
and reported solid revenue and earnings growth. In April 
2012, Downer secured a three-year blasting services contract 

In July 2012, Downer announced it had been awarded a 
long-term rolling contract with TEC Coal Pty Ltd, a wholly 
owned subsidiary of Stanwell Corporation Limited, to provide 
mining services at Meandu Mine in South East Queensland. 
The contract, which has an initial term of five and a half 
years, will commence in January 2013 and have a value in 
the range of $600 million to $800 million.

downer Infrastructure

Downer Infrastructure was established in May 2012, bringing 
together the Company’s two infrastructure businesses – 
Downer Australia and Downer New Zealand. The creation 
of Downer Infrastructure is allowing Downer to optimise 
performance, deliver better results for customers and 
implement change more effectively. It is also delivering 
a range of benefits across Zero Harm, Risk and Project 
Management and the business’ key business systems.

AUSTRALIA

 – total revenue of $3.7 billion, up 13.6%

 – EBIT of $150.7 million, up 38.2 %

 – EBIT margin of 4.1%, up 0.7 ppts

 – ROFE of 18.5%, up from 14.4%

 – Work-in-hand of $5.7 billion

In Australia, Downer Infrastructure was awarded a number of 
new projects during the year, including:

 – an alliance contract with Xstrata Coal for the 

development of a coal handling preparation plant 
(CHPP) at the Ravensworth North Coal Project in New 
South Wales. The contract has a total value of more than 
$400 million and the scope of work includes the design, 
procurement, construction and commissioning of the 
CHPP as well as low voltage power supply and reticulation 
and high voltage transmission supply and relocation;

 – a four year contract with FOXTEL to provide installation 
and maintenance services for FOXTEL’s satellite and 
cable customers in Adelaide, Brisbane, Melbourne and 
Sydney. The value of the contract is expected to exceed 
$200 million over the four years;

 – through a 50:50 joint venture with Clough, a contract 

valued at around $600 million with Fluor for the 
construction of pipelines, compression facilities and 
associated infrastructure relating to the Fairview 
component of the Santos GLNG project located 
in the Surat Basin, Queensland;

 – through a 50:50 joint venture with Clough, a contract 

valued at approximately $200 million with CSBP Limited to 
provide project management, engineering, procurement, 
prefabrication, construction and pre-commissioning 
for the Ammonium Nitrate/Nitric Acid Plant Number 3 
(NAAN3) at Kwinana, Western Australia;

 – a demolition, design and construction contract for a new 
transmission line with Western Power, valued at more than 
$175 million;

 – an electrical services contract for the supply, installation, 

testing and commissioning of high and low voltage power 
to the new Victorian Comprehensive Cancer Centre 
Project South Facility, valued at more than $85 million;

annuaL rePort 2012  5

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

 – an electrical and instrumentation contract with BHP Billiton 
Iron Ore, valued at $71.7 million. Downer is responsible for 
both Greenfields and Brownfields transmission line and 
substation works to provide power to a new mine at the 
client’s Jimblebar operations in Western Australia;

 – a number of electrical and instrumentation contracts with 
customers including BHP, Rio Tinto (including a framework 
agreement) and FMG; and

 – road and rail maintenance and civil construction work 

across the ACT, New South Wales, Queensland, Tasmania, 
Victoria and Western Australia.

The Curragh CHPP achieved Practical Completion in 
June 2012.

Following a review of the CPG consultancy businesses, 
Downer completed the sale of its CPG Asia business to China 
Architecture Design and Research Group on 30 April 2012 for 
$147 million.

NEW ZEALAND

 – total revenue of $0.9 billion, up 4.6%

 – EBIT of $29.6 million, up 169%

 – EBIT margin of 3.2%, up 1.9 ppts

 – ROFE of 12.1% up from 4.2%*

 – Work-in-hand of $2.8 billion

In New Zealand, Downer Infrastructure delivered a much 
improved performance in the second half of the year. 
However, New Zealand continues to experience difficult 
economic conditions compounded by ongoing seismic 
activity around Christchurch. The New Zealand business 
continues to adjust to these market conditions, including 
rationalising the number of depots.

 – an open space management contract with Auckland 
Council worth NZ$70 million over five years, plus a three 
year and further two year option;

 – a facilities management contract with Auckland Council 
worth NZ$24 million over three years, plus a four year 
option; and

 – a NZ$40 million construction contract to build the Wiri 
Maintenance and Stabling Depot for Auckland’s new 
electric trains.

downer raIL

 – total revenue of $1.3 billion, up 14.0%

 – EBIT of $76.4 million, up 1.8%

 – EBIT margin of 5.9%, down 0.8 ppts

 – ROFE of 16.3%, down from 17.8% 

 – Work-in-hand of $4.8 billion

In a very competitive environment, Downer Rail continued 
to win new business including:

 – an order for 19 new locomotives by Fortescue Metals 

Group for use in the Pilbara. The total contract value is 
over $73 million including the provision of the locomotives 
and service and support activities over five years. The first 
locomotives are expected to be delivered in August 2012;

 – a $292 million contract for the supply of locomotives to BHP 
Billiton Iron Ore in the Pilbara. This is a five year contract 
commencing June 2012, with an option to increase the 
total value to over $400 million; and

 – a rolling stock supply contract to design, build and deliver 
17 new PR22L locomotives to TasRail, Tasmania’s State 
owned rail company. The total value of the contract is over 
$60 million, with the first new locomotives to be delivered 
in mid-2013.

Downer is a member of the Stronger Christchurch 
Infrastructure Rebuild Team (SCIRT) that is rebuilding 
Christchurch’s earthquake-damaged roads, sewerage, water 
supply pipes and parks. SCIRT is expected to undertake works 
valued at more than NZ$2 billion over five years and Downer 
will carry out approximately 20% of this work.

Downer Rail also ramped up production on its passenger 
projects including Queensland Rail’s Sunlander Tilt Trains 
and the WA Public Transport Authority’s Transperth rail cars. 
Both are being manufactured at Downer’s Maryborough 
rail facility.

During the year Downer secured an initial one year contract 
with Chorus, New Zealand’s largest telecommunications 
utility provider, to install ultrafast broadband (UFB). Downer 
New Zealand is also working with Chorus and Vodafone on 
the Rural Broadband Initiative.

Downer has a strong presence in the New Zealand market 
and is a key supplier to councils across the country. During 
the year, Downer also secured the following contracts:

 – a four year contract with Auckland Transport for Road 
maintenance services to the south western area of 
Auckland. The contract, valued at NZ$130 million, can be 
extended by two years plus a further two years giving the 
contract a potential value of NZ$260 million;

In June 2012, Downer announced that it had signed a new 
five year agreement with Electro-Motive Diesel (EMD). 
Downer and EMD, which is owned by Progress Rail, a 
Caterpillar company, have worked together for more than six 
decades supplying and maintaining locomotives in Australia.

Under the new agreement, EMD will manufacture all 
locomotives for the Australian market with Downer continuing 
to sell EMD locomotives and after-market products, including 
spare parts. EMD will manufacture the locomotives at one of 
its new low cost overseas facilities. This new model will ensure 
Downer has a sustainable locomotive business as it exits high 
cost manufacturing and concentrates on sales, repairs and 
maintenance and whole of life asset management.

*  2011 rofe has been restated due to the attribution of roads equity to new Zealand.

6  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

Downer continues to build its partnership with French 
company Keolis, one of Europe’s leading public transport 
operators. The joint venture currently operates and maintains 
the Melbourne tram system, Yarra Trams, and will also operate 
and maintain the Gold Coast Light Rail, which is currently 
under construction and scheduled to open in 2014.

Downer Rail continues to develop its maintenance and 
asset management capabilities. It is the largest provider 
of outsourced freight maintenance services in Australia, 
with a national network of over 20 maintenance centres. It 
provides customers with frontline maintenance, locomotive 
overhauls, remote help desks and derailment recovery and 
repair services.

WARATAH TRAIN PROJECT

The Waratah Train Project passed a number of significant 
milestones during the year and now represents a substantially 
lower risk to the Group. At 30 June 2012, 11 Waratah trains 
had received a certificate of Practical Completion and 
were available for passenger service. The trains in passenger 
service are performing well.

OUTlOOK

There is, at the current time, an increasing level of uncertainty 
around the level and timing of Government and private 
sector investment in infrastructure in both Australia and 
New Zealand.

That said, Downer is well positioned in terms of the percentage 
of work already secured that will impact on the year ahead.

Accordingly, Downer expects to deliver EBIT of around 
$370 million and NPAT of around $210 million for the 2013 
financial year.

BOARD RENEWAl

The process of Board renewal continued during the year 
with three new appointments. Mr Garling was appointed as 
an independent Non-executive Director on 24 November 
2011. Ms Howell and Ms Sanderson were appointed as 
independent Non-executive Directors on 16 January 2012. 

ChANgES IN STATE OF AFFAIRS

During the financial year there was no significant change in 
the state of affairs of the consolidated entity other than that 
referred to in the financial statements or notes thereto. 

SUBSEqUENT EvENTS

There have been no matters or circumstances other than 
those referred to in the financial statements or notes thereto, 
that have arisen since the end of the financial year, that 
have significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the 
operations of the consolidated entity, the results of those 
operations, or the state of affairs of the consolidated entity 
in subsequent financial years. 

FUTURE DEvElOPmENTS

Disclosure of information regarding likely developments in 
the operations of the consolidated entity in future financial 
years and the expected results of those operations is likely 
to result in unreasonable prejudice to the consolidated 
entity. Accordingly, this information has not been disclosed 
in this report. 

Downer recognises its obligation to stakeholders – clients, 
shareholders, employees, contractors and the community 
– to operate in a way that advances sustainability and 
mitigates our environmental impact. As a corporate citizen 
we respect the places and communities in which we 
operate. Our values and beliefs are the spirit that underpins 
everything we do and we are committed to conducting our 
operations in a manner that is environmentally responsible 
and sustainable.

The Board oversees the Company’s environmental 
performance. It has established a sustainability charter 
and strategy and has allocated internal responsibilities for 
reducing the impact of our operations and business activities 
on the environment. In addition, all Downer divisions conduct 
regular environmental audits by independent third parties. 
The international environmental standard, ISO 14001, is 
used by Downer as a benchmark in assessing, improving 
and maintaining the environmental integrity of its business 
management systems. The Company’s divisions also adhere 
to environmental management requirements established 
by customers in addition to all applicable licence and 
regulatory requirements.

DIvIDENDS

The Board did not resolve to pay an interim or final dividend 
for the 2012 financial year.

As detailed in the Directors’ Report for the 2011 financial year, 
the Board did not resolve to pay an interim or final dividend 
for the 2011 financial year.

EmPlOyEE DISCOUNT ShARE PlAN (ESP)

No shares were issued under the terms of the ESP during the 
2012 financial year (2011: 1,884,000). Further details about the 
employee discount share plan are disclosed in Note 36 to the 
financial statements.

There are no performance rights or performance options 
outstanding.

annuaL rePort 2012  7

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

INDEmNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND AUDITORS

During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in respect of a contract insuring the Directors of the Company 
(as named above), the Company Secretary, all officers of the Company and any related body corporate against 
a liability incurred as a Director, secretary or executive officer to the extent permitted by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability and the amount of the premium. 

Under Downer’s Constitution, Downer indemnifies, to the extent permitted by law, each Director and Company Secretary of 
Downer and its subsidiaries against liability incurred in the performance of their roles as officers. The Directors and Company 
Secretaries listed on pages 2 to 4, individuals who act as a Director or company secretary of Downer’s subsidiaries and certain 
individuals who formerly held any of these roles also have the benefit of the indemnity in the Constitution.

The Company has not otherwise, during or since the financial year, indemnified or agreed to indemnify an officer or auditor of 
the Company or any related body corporate against a liability incurred as such an officer or auditor.

DIRECTORS’ mEETINgS

The following table sets out the number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of Board Committees) held during the 
2012 financial year and the number of meetings attended by each Director (while they were a Director or Board Committee 
member). During the year, 12 Board meetings, five Audit Committee meetings, six Remuneration Committee meetings, three 
Risk Committee meetings, three Zero Harm Committee meetings and two Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee 
meetings were held. In addition, 11 ad hoc meetings (attended by various Directors) were held in relation to various matters 
including tender review and contract review.

Director

R M Harding

G A Fenn

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

P S Garling

E A Howell

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson

C G Thorne

Director

R M Harding

G A Fenn

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

P S Garling

E A Howell

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson

C G Thorne

Board

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Held*

Attended

Held*

Attended

Held*

Attended

12

12

12

12

9

7

12

7

12

12

12

12

11

9

7

12

7

10

–

–

5

–

–

–

5

2

5

–

–

5

–

–

–

4

2

5

6

–

6

6

2

–

–

–

–

6

–

6

6

2

–

–

–

–

Risk Committee

Zero Harm Committee

Nominations and Corporate 
Governance Committee

Held*

Attended

Held*

Attended

Held*

Attended

3

3

3

3

1

1

3

1

3

3

3

3

3

1

1

1

1

3

3

3

–

–

–

1

–

–

3

3

3

–

–

–

1

–

–

3

2

–

2

2

–

–

2

1

–

2

–

2

2

–

–

2

1

–

*  these columns indicate the number of meetings held during the period each person listed was a director or member of the relevant 

Board committee.

8  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

CORPORATE gOvERNANCE

In recognising the need for the highest standards of corporate behaviour and accountability, the Board endorses the ASX 
Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (ASX Principles). The consolidated 
entity’s corporate governance statement is set out at page 117 of this Annual Report.

NON-AUDIT SERvICES

Downer is committed to audit independence. The Audit Committee reviews the independence of the external auditors on an 
annual basis. This process includes confirmation from the auditors that, in their professional judgment, they are independent 
of the consolidated entity. To ensure that there is no potential conflict of interest in work undertaken by our external auditors 
(Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu), they may only provide services that are consistent with the role of the Company’s auditor.

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with the advice from the Audit Committee, is satisfied that 
the provision of non-audit services during the year is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors 
imposed by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Directors are of the opinion that the services as disclosed below do not compromise the external auditor’s 
independence, based on advice received from the Audit Committee, for the following reasons:

 – all non-audit services have been reviewed and approved to ensure that they do not impact the integrity and objectivity 

of the auditor; and

 – none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in Australia and CPA Australia’s Code of Conduct APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional & Ethical Standards Board, including reviewing or auditing the auditor’s 
own work, acting in a management or decision-making capacity for the Company, acting as advocate for the Company or 
jointly sharing economic risks and rewards.

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration is set out on page 32 of this Annual Report.

During the year, details of the fees paid or payable for non-audit services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related 
practices and related audit firms were as follows:

Non-audit services

Tax services

Audit related services

CPG Asia sale due diligence, capital raising and other non-audit services

June 2012 
$

June 2011 
$

252,225

70,000

1,186,205

1,508,430

228,372

73,474

810,694

1,112,540

ROUNDINg OF AmOUNTS

Downer is a company of the kind referred to in ASIC Class Order 98/0100, dated 10 July 1998, and in accordance with that class 
order, amounts in the Directors’ Report and the Financial Report have, unless otherwise stated, been rounded off to the nearest 
thousand dollars.

annuaL rePort 2012  9

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

REmUNERATION REPORT – AUDITED

The remuneration report provides information about the remuneration arrangements for key management personnel (KMP), 
which includes Non-executive Directors and the most senior group executives, for the year to 30 June 2012. Reference to 
executives in this report means KMPs who are not Non-executive Directors.

The report covers the following matters:

1.  Remuneration policy, principles and practices;

2.  Relationship between remuneration policy and company performance;

3.  The Board’s role in remuneration;

4.  Description of Non-executive Director remuneration;

5.  Description of executive remuneration;

6.  Details of Director and executive remuneration required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth);

7.  Key terms of employment contracts; and

8.  Prior equity-based remuneration plans.

summary of chanGes to remuneratIon PoLIcy

Downer undertook a significant review of executive remuneration policy in the prior year and this was refined during the period. 
The refinement considered Company strategy, reward plans based on performance measurement and stakeholder feedback 
on prior practices. There have been limited changes to the policy in the current year and these are noted in the various sections 
of this report and are summarised below:

 – Increased focus on capital efficiency and cash flow through changing the cash measure for the short-term incentive (STI) 

from Operating Cash to Free Cash Flow (FFO). Refer to Section 5.3.3 for a definition of FFO; and

 – Introduction of the increase in Board discretion for the 2012 period onwards to vary STI payments by up to + or – 100 per cent 

from the payment applicable to the level of performance achieved, up to the maximum for that executive.

1. REmUNERATION POlICy, PRINCIPlES AND PRACTICES

1.1 non-executIve dIrector remuneratIon PoLIcy

Downer’s Non-executive Director remuneration policy is to provide fair remuneration that is sufficient to attract and retain 
Directors with the experience, knowledge, skills and judgement to steward the Company’s success.

10  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

1.2 executIve remuneratIon PoLIcy

Downer’s executive remuneration policy and practices are summarised in the table below.

Policy

Practices aligned with policy

Retain experienced, proven performers, and those 
considered to have high potential for succession

 – Provide remuneration that is internally equitable and fair; and

 – Defer a substantial part of pay contingent on service and 

sustained performance.

Focus performance

 – Provide a substantial component of pay contingent on 

performance; 

 – Focus attention on the most important drivers of value by 

linking pay to their achievement; and

 – Require profitability to reach an acceptable level before any 

bonus payments can be made.

Provide a Zero Harm environment 

 – Incorporate “Zero Harm” for our employees, contractors, 

Manage risk

Align executive interests with those of shareholders

Attract experienced, proven performers

communities and the environment as a significant component 
of reward.

 – Encourage sustainability by balancing incentives for achieving 

both short-term and longer-term results;

 – Set stretch targets that finely balance returns with reasonable 

but not excessive risk taking;

 – Cap maximum incentive payments to moderate risk taking;

 – Do not provide significant “cliff” reward vesting that may 

encourage excessive risk taking as a performance threshold is 
approached;

 – The long-term performance is assessed using multiple 

measures, diversifying risk and limiting the prospects of 
unintended consequences from focusing on just one measure;

 – Require service beyond performance periods for reward 

vesting to encourage retention and allow forfeiture of rewards 
that are the result of misconduct or material adjustments;

 – The Board retains full discretion to vary incentive payments in 

the event of excessive risk taking;

 – Staggered testing of performance at the end of the financial 

year (STIs) and calendar year long-term incentives (LTIs) 
to encourage performance sustainability and reduce the 
chance of excessive risk taking to maximise reward at one 
testing time; and

 – Restrict trading of vested equity rewards to ensure compliance 

with the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

 – Provide that a significant proportion of pay is delivered as 
shares so part of executive reward is linked to shareholder 
value performance; 

 – Maintain a guideline minimum shareholding requirement for 

the Managing Director;

 – Encourage holding of shares after vesting via a trading 

restriction for all executives; and

 – Prohibit hedging of unvested equity and equity subject to a 
trading lock to ensure alignment with shareholder outcomes.

 – Provide a total remuneration opportunity sufficient to attract 
proven and experienced executives from secure positions in 
other companies.

annuaL rePort 2012  11

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

2. RElATIONShIP BETWEEN REmUNERATION POlICy AND COmPANy PERFORmANCE

2.1 comPany strateGy and remuneratIon

Downer’s business strategy includes:

 – Seeking organic growth through focusing on serving existing customers better across multiple products and service offerings 

of the Company;

 – Paying down debt to improve gearing, reduce risk and enhance the Company’s capability to withstand threats and take 

advantage of opportunities; 

 – Obtaining better utilisation of assets and improved margins through simplifying and driving efficiency; 

 – Identifying opportunities to manage the Downer portfolio that deliver long-term shareholder value;

 – Being able to adapt to the changing economic and competitive environment to ensure Downer delivers shareholder value; 

and 

 – Capitalising on the resources sector opportunities.

The Company’s remuneration policy complements this strategy by:

 – Incorporating company-wide performance requirements for both STI and LTI reward vesting to encourage cross-divisional 

co-operation;

 – Performance metrics that focus on cash flow to reduce working capital and debt exposure, with increased weighting on this 

measure in 2012;

 – Setting earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) STI performance and gateway requirements based on effective application of 

funds employed to run the business for better capital efficiency;

 – Changing the cash measure for the STI from Operating Cash to Free Cash Flow (FFO) to provide more emphasis on control 

of capital expenditure; and 

 – Emphasis on Zero Harm measures in the STI.

2.2 remuneratIon LInKed to Performance 

The link to performance is provided by:

 – Requiring a significant portion of executive remuneration to vary with short-term and long-term performance;

 – Applying a profitability gateway to be achieved before an STI calculation for executives is made;

 – Applying challenging financial and non-financial measures to assess performance; and

 – Ensuring that these measures focus management on strategic business objectives that create shareholder value.

Downer measures performance on the following key corporate measures:

 – Earnings per share (EPS) growth; 

 – Total shareholder return (TSR) relative to other ASX100 companies (excluding ASX “Financials” sector companies); 

 – EBIT;

 – FFO;

 – Development of our people; and

 – Zero Harm measures of safety and environmental sustainability.

Remuneration for all executives varies with performance on these key measures.

The following graph shows the Company’s performance compared to the median performance of the ASX100 over the 
three year period to 30 June 2012.

)
0
0
1
o

t

d
e
x
e
d
n
I
(
n
r
u
e
R
r

t

l

e
d
o
h
e
a
h
S

r

l

t

a
o
T

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

Downer EDI TSR compared to peer group median*

Downer EDI TSR

Peer Group median TSR

*Peer group is S&P/ASX100 companies as at 30/06/2009

9
0
-
n
u
J

9
0
-
p
e
S

9
0
-
c
e
D

0
1
-
r

a
M

0
1
-
n
u
J

0
1
-
p
e
S

0
1
-
c
e
D

1
1
-
r

a
M

1
1
-
n
u
J

1
1
-
p
e
S

1
1
-
c
e
D

2
1
-
r

a
M

2
1
-
n
u
J

12  downer edI LImIted

 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

The table below shows the performance of Downer against key financial indicators over the last five years.

Continuing and discontinued operations:

2008 
$’000

2009 
$’000

2010 
$’000

2011 
$’000

2012 
$’000

Total revenue and other income

5,455,875 

5,849,657 

5,826,664 

6,641,847 

8,071,333 

Share of sales revenue from joint venture 
entities and associates

Total revenue including joint ventures 
and associates and other income (i)

Earnings before interest and tax – 
continuing operations

Earnings before interest and tax – 
discontinued operations

Total earnings before interest and tax

Net interest expense

Income tax (expense)/benefit

Net profit/(loss) after tax

Total earnings before interest and tax

Individually significant items

Earnings before interest and tax 
(before individually significant items) (ii)

Operating cash flow

Investing cash flow

Free cash flow

Share price at start of the year (iii)

Share price at end of the year

Interim dividend (cents)

Final dividend (cents)

Total Shareholder Return 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share

Earnings per share growth (%)

Earnings growth rate (%)

114,934

73,578 

211,168 

319,077 

453,236 

5,570,809 

5,923,235 

6,037,832 

6,960,924 

8,524,569 

281,117 

304,799 

53,362 

3,648 

261,202 

–

281,117 

(49,171)

(66,104)

165,842 

281,117 

–

281,117 

276,031 

(143,721)

132,310 

7.36

6.87

13.0cps

12.5cps

(3%)

–

304,799 

(45,774)

(69,649)

189,376 

304,799 

–

304,799 

336,464 

(321,016)

15,448 

6.87

5.59

13.0cps

16.0cps

(14%)

47.9cps

54.4cps

53%

63%

 14%

14%

–

53,362 

(51,295)

985 

3,052 

53,362 

260,000 

313,362 

204,266 

(144,396)

59,870 

5.59

3.60

13.1cps

16.0cps

(30%)

(2.4cps)

 (104%)

(98%)

22,015 

25,663 

(64,309)

10,946 

(27,700)

25,663 

266,573 

292,236 

185,625 

(319,573)

(133,948)

3.48

3.70

–

–

6%

3,002 

264,204 

(71,531)

(79,778)

112,895 

264,204 

82,279 

346,483 

364,471 

(202,990)

161,481 

3.70

3.13

–

–

(15%)

(10.5cps)

23.7cps

(338%)

(1008%)

326%

508%

(i)   the company considers total revenue to be an appropriate measure due to an industry trend toward joint venture models to meet the 

needs of engineering, procurement and construction (ePc) customers with regard to large scale integrated projects.

(ii)  earnings before interest and tax before significant items is determined as the statutory profit before tax and interest, less any items that have 
been classified as individually significant to the financial statements. the presentation of earnings before interest and tax before significant 
items is a non-Ifrs disclosure. 

(iii)  the opening value for 2011 has been adjusted to reflect the impact of the accelerated renounceable rights offer during the year. 

The chart below illustrates Downer’s performance on lost time injuries (LTIFR) and total recordable injuries (TRIFR) over the last 
three years.

s
r
u
o
h
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
r

,

,

e
p
s
e

i
r
u
n

j

I

e
m

i
T

t
s
o
L

2.0

1.8

1.6

1.4

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

LTIFR

TRIFR

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

s
r
u
o
h
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
r

,

,

e
p
s
e

i
r
u
n

j

I

l

e
b
a
d
o
c
e
R

r

l

t

a
o
T

9
0
-
n
u
J

9
0
-
p
e
S

9
0
-
c
e
D

0
1
-
r

a
M

0
1
-
n
u
J

0
1
-
p
e
S

0
1
-
c
e
D

1
1
-
r

a
M

1
1
-
n
u
J

1
1
-
p
e
S

1
1
-
c
e
D

2
1
-
r

a
M

2
1
-
n
u
J

annuaL rePort 2012  13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

3. ThE BOARD’S ROlE IN REmUNERATION

The Board engages with shareholders, management 
and other stakeholders as required, to continuously refine 
and improve executive and Director remuneration policies 
and practices. 

Two Board Committees deal with remuneration matters. They 
are the Remuneration Committee and the Nominations and 
Corporate Governance Committee.

The role of the Remuneration Committee is to review and 
make recommendations to the Board in relation to executives 
in respect of:

 – executive remuneration and incentive policy;

 – remuneration of senior executives of the Company;

 – executive reward and its impact on risk management;

 – executive incentive plan;

 – equity-based incentive plan;

 – superannuation arrangements;

 – recruitment, retention, performance measurement 
and termination policies and procedures for all key 
management personnel and senior executives reporting 
directly to the Managing Director;

 – disclosure of remuneration in the Company’s public 

materials including ASX filings and the Annual Report; and

 – retirement payments.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee is 
responsible for recommending and reviewing remuneration 
arrangements for the Executive Directors and Non-executive 
Directors of the Company.

To ensure coordination of remuneration policy, the chairs 
of the Remuneration Committee and the Nominations 
and Corporate Governance Committee are members of 
both Committees.

Each Committee has the authority to engage external 
professional advisers without seeking approval of the 
Board or management. During the reporting period, the 
Remuneration Committee retained Guerdon Associates 
Pty Ltd as its adviser. Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd does not 
provide services to management and is considered to be 
independent.

4. DESCRIPTION OF NON-ExECUTIvE DIRECTOR 
REmUNERATION

There has been no change to the basis of Non-executive 
Director fees since the prior reporting period.

Fees for Non-executive Directors are fixed and are not linked 
to the financial performance of the Company. The Board 
believes this is necessary for Non-executive Directors to 
maintain their independence.

Shareholders approved an annual aggregate cap of 
$2 million for Non-executive Director fees at the 2008 AGM. 
The allocation of fees to Non-executive Directors within this 
cap has been determined after consideration of a number 
of factors, including the time commitment of Directors, the 
size and scale of the Company’s operations, the skill sets of 
Board members, the quantum of fees paid to Non-executive 
Directors of comparable companies and participation in 
Board Committee work.

14  downer edI LImIted

The basis of fees and the fee pool are reviewed when new 
Directors are appointed to the Board, when the structure of 
the Board changes, or at least every three years. Reference 
is made to individual Non-executive Director fee levels 
and workload (i.e. number of meetings and the number of 
Directors) at comparably sized companies from all industries 
other than the financial services sector, and the fee pools 
at these companies. In addition, an assessment is made on 
the extent of flexibility provided by the fee pool to recruit any 
additional Directors for planned succession after allocation 
of fees to existing Directors.

The Chairman receives a base fee of $375,000 per annum 
(inclusive of all Committee fees) plus superannuation. The 
other Non-executive Directors each receive a base fee 
of $150,000 per annum plus superannuation. Additional 
fees are paid for Committee duties: $35,000 for the chair 
of the Audit Committee; and $15,000 for the chair of the 
Zero Harm Committee, Remuneration Committee and the 
Risk Committee.

Under his original terms of appointment in 2001, 
John Humphrey is eligible for certain retirement benefits. 
Consistent with the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s 
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations, 
the right to these retirement benefits has been frozen and 
has been fully provided for in the financial statements. 
Other Non-executive Directors are not entitled to retirement 
benefits. All Non-executive Directors are entitled to 
payment of statutory superannuation entitlements in 
addition to Directors’ fees.

5. DESCRIPTION OF ExECUTIvE REmUNERATION

5.1 executIve remuneratIon structure

Executive remuneration has a fixed component and a 
component that varies with performance.

The variable component ensures that a proportion of pay 
varies with performance. Performance is assessed annually 
for performance periods covering one year and three years. 
Payment for performance assessed over one year is an STI. 
Payment for performance over a three year period is an LTI.

If Company performance exceeds that of competitors, 
realised total executive remuneration, including incentive 
payouts, will be in the top quartile of the market. In order for 
maximum STIs to be awarded, performance must achieve 
a stretch goal that is a clear margin above the planned 
budget for the period. This enables the Company to attract 
and retain better performing executives, and ensures pay 
outcomes are better aligned with shareholder returns.

Target STIs are less than the maximum STI. Target STI is payable 
on achievement of planned objectives. For executives the 
target STI is 75 per cent of the maximum STI. The maximum 
total remuneration that can be earned by an executive is 
capped. The maximums are determined as a percentage of 
fixed remuneration. These maximums are equal to or higher 
than most market peers. If maximum total remuneration is 
achieved, the proportions attributable to each incentive 
component will be as shown in the following table.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

Executive position

Managing Director

Executives appointed prior to 2011

Executives appointed from 2011

Target STI %   
of fixed pay

Maximum STI %   
of fixed pay*

Maximum LTI %  
of fixed pay

75

75

50

100

100

75

100

75

50

*Prior to the application of any individual performance modifier (IPm).

The proportions of STI to LTI take into account:

 – Market practice;

Maximum total 
performance  
based pay as %  
of fixed pay

200

175

125

 – The service period before executives can receive equity rewards;

 – The behaviours that the Board sought to encourage through direct key performance indicators; and

 – The requirement for the Managing Director to maintain a shareholding as a multiple of pay after equity rewards have vested. 

5.2 fIxed remuneratIon

Fixed remuneration is the sum of salary and the direct cost of providing employee benefits, including superannuation, motor 
vehicles, car parking, living away from home expenses and fringe benefits tax.

The level of remuneration is set to be able to attract proven performers from secure employment elsewhere, while maintaining 
internal equity to retain proven performers whether sourced externally or internally. 

Remuneration is benchmarked against a peer group of direct competitors and a general industry peer group. While market 
levels of remuneration are monitored on a regular basis, there is no contractual requirement or expectation that any 
adjustments will be made. The market sectors in which the Company competes may have significant market differentials and 
remuneration levels must reflect those competitive forces.

Adjustments to executive fixed remuneration in 2012 were to recognise changed responsibilities and accountabilities or 
significant variations from market levels. Most KMP did not receive any adjustment in the 2012 year.

Target and maximum incentive payments are set as a percentage of fixed remuneration.

5.3 short-term IncentIve 

5.3.1 STI OVERVIEW

The STI plan provides for an annual payment that varies with annual performance. This has been applied to performance 
measured over the Company’s financial year to 30 June 2012. 

The basis of the plan is designed to align STI outcomes with financial results. No STI is paid unless a minimum of 90 per cent of the 
relevant budgeted profit target is met. For corporate executives, the hurdle is 90 per cent of the Group budgeted profit target. 
For business unit executives, the hurdle is 90 per cent of the business unit budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined 
as Earnings Before Interest and Tax expense (EBIT). This minimum must be of a materially sufficient size to justify the payment of STI 
to an executive, and deliver an acceptable return for the funds employed in running the business.

As noted in section 5.1, the maximum STI that can be earned is capped to minimise excessive risk taking.

The STI payment is made in cash after finalisation of the annual audited results. No part of the STI is deferred, as Directors believe 
risk management is carefully addressed by other remuneration policies. Nevertheless, this aspect of policy remains under review, 
given emerging market trends to defer part of STI. 

5.3.2 HOW STI PAYMENTS ARE ASSESSED 

Target STI plan per cent of pay

An individual’s target incentive under the STI plan is expressed as a percentage of fixed 
remuneration. The STI plan percentage is set according to policy tabulated in section 5.1.

Organisational or divisional 
scorecard result

As a principle, “target” achievement would be represented at budget. Threshold and 
maximums are also set.

Individual performance modifier 
(IPM)

At the end of the plan year, eligible employees are provided with an IPM against their key 
performance indicators and relative performance. Individual key performance indicators 
are set between the individual and the Managing Director (if reporting to the Managing 
Director) or the Board (if the Managing Director) at the start of the performance period. 
IPMs must average to 1 across all plan participants.

STI plan incentive calculation

Fixed remuneration x target STI plan per cent x scorecard result x IPM.

annuaL rePort 2012  15

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

5.3.3 STI PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

Overall Company performance is assessed on Company EBIT, FFO, Zero Harm and a measure of people development. 
The move to FFO and changes to the weighting between measures were designed to focus more on capital expenditure 
and cash collection. It is expected there will be refinements in the overall measures and weightings from year to year in order 
to better align with Company performance and better risk management.

EBIT includes joint ventures and associates and includes inter alia, changes in accounting policy, material asset sales, 
acquisitions or divestments.

FFO is defined as net cash from operating activities (i.e. EBIT plus non-cash items in operating profit plus distributions received 
from JVs or associates plus movements in working capital plus movements in operating assets less net interest less tax paid), less 
Investing Cash Flow. 

Zero Harm reflects Downer’s commitment to safety and environmental, social and governance matters. The Zero Harm element 
includes the following safety and environmental measures, underscoring Downer’s commitment to customers, employees, 
regulators and the communities in which it operates:

 – Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) calculated as the number of recordable injuries x 1,000,000/the hours worked 

in 12 months;

 – Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) is calculated as the number of lost time injuries x 1,000,000/the hours worked in 

12 months; and

 – Environmental sustainability covers the preparation of plans, reporting on energy consumption and GHG emissions and 

progressing to reductions in GHG emissions.

Should a fatality or serious environmental incident occur, the safety or environmental portion of the STI is foregone.

People measures include the proportion of performance plans and reviews completed.

Weightings applied to the 2012 STI scorecard measures for all executives, including the Managing Director, are set out in the 
table below.

Executive

Corporate

Business unit

EBIT 

30%

30%  
(7.5% Group, 
22.5% business unit)

Free cash flow

Zero Harm

People

30%

30%  
(7.5% Group, 
22.5% business unit)

30%

30%

10%

10%

The Board has increased its discretion for the 2012 period onwards to vary STI payments by up to + or – 100 per cent from the 
payment applicable to the level of performance achieved, up to the maximum for that executive. 

Specific details of STI performance requirements are set out in Section 6.4.

5.3.4 STI TABULAR SUMMARY

The following table outlines the major features of the 2012 STI plan.

Purpose of STI plan

 – Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over 

12 month period;

 – Improve “Zero Harm” and people related results; and

 – Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the 

Company’s 12 month performance.

Minimum performance “gateway” before any 
payments can be made

90 per cent of budgeted EBIT for the business unit applicable to the 
executive, i.e. the Company EBIT for the Managing Director and 
corporate executives and business unit EBIT for business unit heads.

Maximum STI that can be earned

 – KMP appointed pre 2011: up to 100 per cent of fixed remuneration; and

 – KMP appointed from 2011: up to 75 per cent of fixed remuneration.

Percentage of STI that can be earned on 
achieving target expectations

75 per cent of the maximum. For an executive to receive more, it 
will require performance in excess of target expectations.

Individual performance modifier (IPM)

 – An IPM may be applied based on an executive’s individual key 

performance indicators and relative performance; and

 – Moderate individual performance may result in an IPM of less than 
1 or outstanding performance may result in an IPM greater than 1. 
The IPM must average 1 across all plan participants.

16  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

Discretion to vary payments

The Board, in its discretion, may vary STI payments by up to + or – 100 per 
cent from the payment applicable to the level of performance achieved 
up to the maximum for that executive.

Performance period

Performance assessed

1 July 2011 to 30 June 2012.

August 2012, following release of audited accounts.

Additional service period after performance 
period for payment to be made

None.

Payment timing

Form of payment

September 2012.

Cash.

Performance requirements

Group and divisional EBIT, FFO, Zero Harm and people measures.

New recruits

Terminating executives

New executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to 
participate in the STI in the year in which they commence in their position 
with a pro-rata entitlement.

There is no STI entitlement where an executive’s employment terminates 
prior to the end of the financial year.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons 
for it will be disclosed.

In determining the EBIT achievement for KMP during the reporting period, the Statutory Results have been adjusted for the sum 
of the Individually Significant Items per Note 4 of the Notes to the Financial Statements, the major item being the restructure of  
Reliance Rail in February 2012. Downer has transferred the equity accounted Reliance Rail hedge reserve of $72.5 million via the 
income statement to retained earnings. This transfer has had no impact on cash, equity, net assets or underlying earnings. The 
restructure was implemented to provide greater certainty that Reliance Rail would be able to refinance its various facilities in 
2018. While considered to be in the best interests of Downer, it has negatively impacted full year statutory earnings.

5.4 LonG-term IncentIve 

5.4.1 LTI OVERVIEW

Executives participate in an LTI plan. This is an equity-based plan that provides for a reward that varies with Company 
performance over three year measures of performance. Three year measures of performance are considered to be the 
maximum reasonable time period for setting incentive targets for earnings per share.

The payment is in the form of restricted shares. The shares are purchased and held in a trust. This allows the Company to align 
the timing of its tax deduction with the impact on cash flow. Dividends on the shares held in trust related to plans prior to 2011 
are distributed to executives prior to vesting of the shares. Directors note that these dividends are proportional to profit, which 
reinforces the focus on performance and alignment with the interests of shareholders provided by this form of remuneration. 
From the 2011 LTI plan onwards, dividends on shares held in trust will not be distributed during the performance measurement 
and service periods. Net accumulated dividends will be distributed to executives after all vesting conditions have been met.

The 2012 LTI represents an entitlement to ordinary shares subject to satisfaction of both a performance condition and 
a continued employment condition. Grants are in two equal tranches, with each tranche subject to an independent 
performance requirement. The performance requirements for both tranches share two common features:

 –  once minimum performance conditions are met, the proportion of shares that qualifies for vesting gradually increases pro 

rata with performance. This approach avoids “cliff” vesting, where a large proportion of reward either vests or does not vest 
either side of a minimum performance requirement. This approach reduces the incentive for excessive risk taking; and

 –  the maximum reward is capped at a “stretch” performance level that is considered attainable without excessive risk taking.

Performance for the 2012 LTI grants is measured over the three year period to 31 December 2014. The Board is of the view that 
with STI assessed at the end of the financial year, assessing LTI at the end of the calendar year reduces risk because:

 – incentive rewards are contingent on different measurement dates. This reduces the likelihood of excessive risk taking 
because attempts to maximise reward at one point in the year could adversely affect incentive reward outcomes at 
the next measurement point; and

 – the risk of executive turnover is reduced given that incentives do not all vest at one time in the year.

annuaL rePort 2012  17

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

The proportion of shares that can vest will be calculated 
in February 2015, but executives must remain in service 
until 31 December 2015 (or, but for payment in lieu of 
notice, would have remained in service until 31 December 
2015) before they receive any shares. This additional 
service requirement is to further enhance Company risk 
management by:

 – encouraging retention;

 – allowing discovery of any factors that could contribute 
to financial restatement that may result in forfeiture 
of reward;

 – allowing for a review of executive behaviours to ensure 
they have complied with the Company’s ethical and 
risk management guidelines and standards of business 
conduct; and

 – maintaining shareholder alignment for a longer period.

After vesting, the shares remain in trust and are subject to 
a trading restriction that is governed by the Remuneration 
Committee. The Remuneration Committee considers 
requests to lift the trading restriction after reviewing executive 
compliance with the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

All vested and unvested shares held in the trust will be 
forfeited if the Board determines that an executive has 
committed an act of fraud, defalcation or gross misconduct 
or in other circumstances at the discretion of the Board.

5.4.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

One tranche of restricted shares in the 2012 LTI grant 
qualifies for vesting subject to performance relative to 
other companies, while the other tranche of restricted 
shares qualifies for vesting subject to an absolute 
performance requirement.

The relative performance requirement is based on total 
shareholder return (TSR). TSR is calculated as the difference 
in share price over the performance period, plus the value 
of shares earned from reinvesting dividends received 
over this period, expressed as a percentage of the share 
price at the beginning of the performance period. If the 
TSR for each company in the comparator group is ranked 
from highest to lowest, the median TSR is the percentage 
return to shareholders that exceeds the TSR for half of 
the comparison companies. The 75th percentile TSR is the 
percentage return required to exceed the TSR for 75 per cent 
of the comparison companies.

Shares in the tranche to which the relative TSR performance 
requirement applies vest pro rata between the median and 
75th percentile. That is, 0 per cent of the tranche vest at the 
50th percentile, 4 per cent at the 51st percentile, 8 per cent 
at the 52nd percentile and so on until 100 per cent vest at 
the 75th percentile. Starting at 0 per cent means that there 
is no “cliff” on achievement of the 50th percentile and the 
level of reward is low until performance clearly exceeds the 
50th percentile.

The comparator group for the 2012 LTI grant is the companies, 
excluding financial services companies, in the ASX100 index 
as at the start of the performance period on 1 January 2012. 
Consideration was given in 2012 to using a smaller group of 
direct competitors for customers, however:

18  downer edI LImIted

 – this was considered not to represent all competitors for 

capital and executives;

 – limiting the comparator group to a small number of 

direct competitors could result in very volatile outcomes 
from period to period, which may have unintended 
behavioural consequences impacting risk; and

 – management’s strong focus on improving the 

Company’s ranking among ASX100 companies has 
become embedded in Company culture, so reinforcing 
this rather than trying to dislodge it with another focus is 
considered desirable.

The absolute performance requirement applicable to the 
other tranche of shares is based on Earnings per Share 
(EPS) growth over the three year performance period to 
31 December 2014. The EPS measure conforms to AASB 133 
Earnings per Share and is externally audited.

The tranche of shares dependent on the EPS performance 
condition vests pro rata between six per cent compound 
annual EPS growth and 12 per cent compound annual 
EPS growth.

The graduated rate of vesting from meeting the minimum 
EPS growth performance requirement is more conservative 
than most companies that have an EPS growth performance 
requirement. Downer’s Directors believe that more graduated 
vesting provides better risk management because it 
reduces the tendency for excessive risk taking stemming 
from executives having very significant difference in reward 
outcomes either side of a performance “cliff”. It also means 
that the level of vesting is not significant until EPS growth 
clearly exceeds six per cent.

Likewise, capping maximum reward outcomes at 12 per cent 
annual compound EPS growth reduces the tendency for 
excessive risk taking and volatility that may be encouraged 
if the annual compound EPS growth bar is set above 
12 per cent.

5.4.3 POST-VESTING SHAREHOLDING GUIDELINE

The Managing Director is required to continue holding shares 
after they have vested until the shareholding guideline has 
been attained. This guideline requires that the Managing 
Director holds vested performance shares equal in value to 
100 per cent of his fixed remuneration.

Whilst not a policy, application of the guideline minimum 
shareholding requirement has been restricted to the 
Managing Director in recognition that reorganisation of the 
Company has made it impractical for application to other 
executives.

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to allow 
variations from this guideline requirement in exceptional 
circumstances.

The guideline requirement has been developed to reinforce 
alignment with shareholder interests.

5.4.4 CHANGES FROM PRIOR PERIOD

The 2012 LTI plan retains the same structure and measures 
as the 2011 LTI plan. It is noted that the Board has 100 per 
cent discretion in relation to grants for executives, up to the 
maximum of the LTI for each executive.

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

5.4.5 LTI TABULAR SUMMARY

The following table outlines the major features of the 2012 LTI plan.

Purpose of LTI plan

 – Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over three year period;

 – Manage risk by countering any tendency to overemphasise short-term 
performance to the detriment of longer-term growth and sustainability; 
and

 – Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s longer-term 

performance.

Maximum value of equity that can be granted

 – Managing Director: 100 per cent of fixed remuneration; 

 – KMP appointed pre-2011: 75 per cent of fixed remuneration; and

 – KMP appointed from 2011: 50 per cent of fixed remuneration.

Performance period

Performance assessed

1 January 2012 to 31 December 2014.

February 2015.

Additional service period after performance 
period for shares to vest

Shares for which the relevant performance vesting condition is satisfied 
will not vest unless executives remain employed with the Group on 
31 December 2015.

Shares vest

Form of payment

Performance conditions

1 January 2016.

Restricted shares.

There are two performance conditions. Each applies to half the shares 
granted to each executive.

relative tsr
The relative TSR performance condition is based on the Company’s TSR 
performance relative to the TSR of companies comprising the ASX100 index, 
excluding financial services companies, at the start of the performance 
period, measured over the three years to 31 December 2014.

The performance vesting scale applicable to the shares subject to the 
relative TSR test are:

downer edI Limited’s tsr 
ranking

per cent shares subject to tsr condition that 
qualify for vesting

50th percentile or less

Zero per cent

Above 50th and below 
75th percentile

Pro rata so that 4 per cent of the restricted 
shares in the tranche vest for every one per cent 
increase between the 50th percentile and 75th 
percentile 

75th percentile and above 100 per cent

ePs growth
The EPS growth performance condition is based on the Company’s 
compound annual EPS growth over the three years to 31 December 2014. 

The performance vesting scale applicable to the shares subject to the EPS 
growth test is:

downer edI Limited’s ePs 
compound annual growth

per cent shares subject to ePs condition that 
qualify for vesting

<6 per cent

Zero per cent

6 per cent to <12 per cent

Pro rata so that 16.7 per cent of the restricted 
shares in the tranche vest for every one per cent 
increase in EPS growth between 6 per cent and 
12 per cent

12 per cent or more

100 per cent

annuaL rePort 2012  19

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

How shares are acquired

Shares are normally acquired on-market and placed in trust to:

Treatment of dividends and voting rights on 
restricted shares

Restriction on hedging

Restriction on trading

New recruits

Terminating executives

Change of control

 – minimise dilution; and

 – obtain a tax deduction aligned with the cash flow being incurred.

For the 2012 LTI grant, there were sufficient forfeited shares in the scheme to 
cover the allocation to executives.

Dividends are received by the trust. The trust either uses dividends to acquire 
additional shares or distributes to executives the dividends that accrued 
during the vesting period on shares that vest, when they vest.

Hedging of entitlements under the plan is not permitted.

Vested shares may only be released from the trust with the approval of the 
Remuneration Committee. Approval requires that trading comply with the 
Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

New executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to 
participate in the LTI on the first grant date applicable to all executives 
after they commence in their position, with an additional pro-rata 
entitlement if their employment commenced after the grant date in the prior 
calendar year.

All shares in the 2012 LTI grant will be forfeited where an executive’s 
employment terminates prior to 31 December 2015 (unless, but for payment 
in lieu of notice, the executive would have remained in service until 
31 December 2015).

Providing at least 12 months of the grants’ performance period have 
elapsed, unvested shares pro rated with the elapsed service period are 
tested for vesting with performance against the relevant relative TSR or EPS 
growth requirements for that relevant period. Vesting will occur to the extent 
the performance conditions are met. Shares that have already been tested, 
have met performance requirements and are subject to the completion of 
the service condition fully vest.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons 
for it will be disclosed.

There have been no variations from policy during this financial year.

6. DETAIlS OF DIRECTOR AND ExECUTIvE REmUNERATION REqUIRED UNDER CORPORATIONS ACT

6.1 dIrectors and executIves

The following persons acted as Directors of the Company during or since the end of the most recent financial year:

R M Harding 

(Chairman)

G A Fenn  

(Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer)

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

P S Garling  

(Appointed 23 November 2011)

E A Howell 

(Appointed 16 January 2012)

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson AO  (Appointed 16 January 2012)

C G Thorne

The named persons held their current executive position for the whole of the most recent financial year, except as noted:

P Borden 

C Bruyn 

D Cattell 

K Fletcher 

D Overall 

(Chief Executive Officer – Downer Rail)

(Chief Executive Officer – Downer New Zealand and United Kingdom)

 (Chief Executive Officer – Downer Infrastructure, appointed 1 May 2012,  
Chief Executive Officer – Downer Australia, to 30 April 2012)

(Chief Financial Officer)

(Chief Executive Officer – Downer Mining)

20  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

6.2 remuneratIon receIved In reLatIon to the 2012 fInancIaL year

Executives receive a mix of remuneration during the year, comprising fixed remuneration, an STI paid in cash and an 
LTI in the form of restricted shares that vest four or five years later, subject to meeting performance and continued 
employment conditions. 

The table below lists the remuneration actually received in relation to the 2012 financial year, comprising fixed remuneration, 
STIs relating to 2012 and the value of LTI grants that vested during the 2012 financial year. This information differs to that provided 
in the statutory remuneration table at section 6.3 which has been prepared in accordance with accounting standards.

Bonus paid  
or payable  
in respect  
of current  
year  
$

Fixed 
remuneration 1 

$

Termination  
benefits  
$

Total cash  
payments  
$

Equity that 
vested during
20122
$

Total 
remuneration 
received  
$

Non-executive Directors

R M Harding

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

J S Humphrey 

P S Garling 

E A Howell 

K G Sanderson

C G Thorne

KMP executives

G Fenn

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell

K Fletcher

D Overall

408,750 

201,650 

179,850 

163,500 

98,633 

75,012 

75,012 

196,200 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,824,927

1,319,400

716,108 

665,550 

355,700

450,200

1,619,821

1,048,500

814,238 

703,700

1,222,930 

1,150,800

8,262,181

5,028,300

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 

– 

–

– 

– 

–

408,750 

201,650 

179,850 

163,500 

98,633 

75,012 

75,012 

196,200 

3,144,327

1,071,808

1,115,750

2,668,321

1,517,938

2,373,730

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

408,750 

201,650 

179,850 

163,500 

98,633 

75,012 

75,012 

196,200 

941,974 

4,086,301

 – 

 – 

1,071,808

1,115,750

104,122 

2,772,443

 – 

1,517,938

56,805 

2,430,535

13,290,481

1,102,901

14,393,382

1  fixed remuneration comprises salary and fees, non-monetary benefits and superannuation payments.

2 

 represents the value of restricted shares granted in previous years that vested during the year, calculated as the number of restricted shares 
that vested multiplied by the closing market price of downer shares on the vesting date.

annuaL rePort 2012  21

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

6.3 remuneratIon of dIrectors & Key manaGement PersonneL

2012

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Bonus paid 
or payable 
in respect of 
current year  
$

Salary  
and fees  
$

Non-
monetary  
$

Super-
annuation 
$

Termina tion 
benefits 
$

Subtotal 
$

Non-executive Directors

R M Harding

S A Chaplain3

L Di Bartolomeo4

J S Humphrey 

P S Garling1

E A Howell1

K G Sanderson1

C G Thorne5

KMP executives

G Fenn

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell6

K Fletcher

D Overall

375,000 

167,488 

165,000 

150,000 

90,489 

68,818 

68,818 

180,000 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,679,225 

1,319,400

129,927 

625,000 

355,700

608,264 

450,200

66,108 

45,533 

1,475,000 

1,048,500

119,821 

775,000 

703,700

1,184,224 

1,150,800

14,238 

22,931 

33,750 

34,162 

14,850 

13,500 

8,144 

6,194 

6,194 

16,200 

15,775 

25,000 

11,753

25,000 

25,000 

15,775 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

Share-
based 
payment 
trans-
actions2 

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
$

408,750 

201,650 

179,850 

163,500 

98,633 

75,012 

75,012 

196,200 

408,750 

201,650 

179,850 

163,500 

98,633 

75,012 

75,012 

196,200 

3,144,327

538,421 

3,682,748

1,071,808

71,297 

1,143,105

1,115,750

153,178 

1,268,928

631,579 

3,299,900

635,839 

3,935,739

 – 

 – 

1,517,938

147,419 

1,665,357

2,373,730

202,846 

2,576,576

7,612,326 

5,028,300

398,558 

251,297

631,579 

13,922,060

1,749,000

15,671,060

1  amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were key management personnel.

2 

 represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment  
related to grants made to the executive. vesting of the majority of securities remains subject to significant performance and service 
conditions as outlined in sections 5.4.1 and 5.4.2. at each balance date, the entity revises its estimates of the number of restricted shares 
that are expected to vest having regard to historical forfeitures. the employee benefits expense recognised in each year takes into account 
the most recent estimate.

3 

 s a chaplain: comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $35,000 audit committee chair fee. an amount of $17,512 was salary sacrificed into 
superannuation.

4  L di Bartolomeo: comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $15,000 remuneration committee chair fee.

5  c G thorne: comprised of $150,000 Board fee, $15,000 risk committee chair fee and $15,000 Zero harm committee chair fee.

6 

 d cattell: termination benefits represents the accrual of cash benefits payable at the end of mr cattell’s fixed term contract, being 12 months’ 
fixed remuneration.

22  downer edI LImIted

Share-
based 
payment 
trans-
actions2 

$

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
$

344,883

139,953

201,650

208,284

163,500

89,925

183,493

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

2011

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Bonus paid 
or payable 
in respect of 
current year  
$

Salary  
and fees  
$

Non-
monetary  
$

Super-
annuation 
$

Termina tion 
benefits 
$

Subtotal 
$

Non-executive Directors

R M Harding6

P E J Jollie1

S A Chaplain3

L Di Bartolomeo4

J S Humphrey

C J S Renwick1,5 

C G Thorne7

KMP executives

G Fenn

G Knox9

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell10

S Cinerari

K Fletcher1

E Kolatchew1,8

D Overall

316,406

110,897

159,987

191,086

150,000

82,500

168,342

1,563,134

342,937

681,667

539,321

1,554,232

561,067

710,416

832,768

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

28,477

29,056

41,663

17,198

13,500

7,425

15,151

163,086

15,199

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

344,883

139,953

201,650

208,284

163,500

89,925

183,493

–

33,798

65,588

72,273

52,209

266

–

1,741,419

1,308,314

3,049,733

–

2,000,000

2,342,937

(1,306,996)

1,035,941

25,000

11,475

25,000

37,780

22,917

39,506

12,102

–

–

740,465

22,986

763,451

616,384

125,087

741,471

550,877

2,202,382

747,983

2,950,365

–

–

651,056

154,595

805,651

733,599

65,155

798,754

865,479

1,737,753

20,102

1,757,855

–

1,620,058

255,274

1,875,332

887,897

702,644

17,415

8,852,657

702,644

404,635

341,449

3,416,356

13,717,741

1,392,500

15,110,241

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

 amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were key management personnel.

 represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related 
to grants made to the executive. vesting of the majority of securities remains subject to significant performance and service conditions as 
outlined in sections 5.4.1 and 5.4.2.

 s a chaplain: comprised of $150,000 Board fee and $35,000 audit committee chair fee. an amount of $25,013 was salary sacrificed into 
superannuation.

 L di Bartolomeo: fees comprise payment of $165,000 for services rendered to downer ($150,000 Board fee, $15,000 remuneration committee 
chair fee) and $26,086 for services rendered to reliance rail.

 c J s renwick: comprised of $75,000 Board fee and $7,500 Zero harm committee chair fee.

 r m harding: comprised of $311,311 Board fee and $5,095 risk committee chair fee.

7  c G thorne: comprised of $150,000 Board fee, $9,905 risk committee chair fee and $8,437 Zero harm committee chair fee.

8 

9 

 e Kolatchew (resigned as chief executive officer – downer engineering on 21 february 2011). salary and fees includes payment for accrued 
annual leave of $45,917 and payment of $250,000 for the final instalment of sign-on payment. the termination payment was awarded in 
accordance with the terms of mr Kolatchew’s employment contract.

 G Knox (resigned 30 July 2010). salary and fees includes payment for accrued annual leave entitlements of $176,270. the termination 
payment was awarded in accordance with the terms of mr Knox’s employment contract. share-based payments includes reversal of 
expense for forfeited equity incentives.

10   d cattell: includes $104,470 cash-in of annual leave. termination benefits represents the accrual of cash benefits payable at the end of 

mr cattell’s fixed term contract.

annuaL rePort 2012  23

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

6.4 Performance reLated remuneratIon

The table below lists the proportions of remuneration paid during the year ended 30 June 2012 that are performance and  
non-performance related.

Performance Related 

Non-Performance Related 

KMP executives

G Fenn1

P Borden1

C Bruyn1

D Cattell1

K Fletcher1

D Overall1

50%

37%

48%

43%

51%

53%

1  Performance related portion includes the reversal of expense for forfeited equity incentives.

Weightings applied to the 2012 STI scorecard measures for executives are set out in the table below.

Executive

Corporate

Business unit

EBIT 

30%

Free cash flow

Zero Harm

30%

30%

30%

30%  
(7.5% Group,  
22.5% business unit)

30%  
(7.5% Group,  
22.5% business unit)

50%

63%

52%

57%

49%

47%

People

10%

10%

The Zero Harm element of the scorecard comprised measures as follows:

Measure

Safety

TRIFR (total recordable injury  
frequency rate)

LTIFR (lost time injury  
frequency rate)

Environmental

Sustainable development

Target

Achieve a set reduction in the TRIFR at level of responsibility.  
Award pro rates linearly.

Achieve a set reduction in the LTIFR at level of responsibility.  

Development of environmental sustainability plans, reporting 
on energy consumption and GHG emissions and progressing to 
reductions in GHG emissions.

Specific STI financial and commercial targets at business unit and corporate levels remain commercially sensitive and so have 
not been reported.

In order for an STI to be paid, a minimum of 90 per cent of the budgeted profit target must be met. For corporate executives, 
the hurdle is 90 per cent of the Group budgeted profit target. For business unit executives, the hurdle is 90 per cent of the 
business unit budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as Earnings Before Interest and Tax expense (EBIT). 

24  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

The following table summarises the average performance achieved by the KMP across each element of the scorecard.

Weighting of scorecard 
element

Per cent performance of the 
element weighting achieved

EBIT 

30%

23.6%

Free cash flow

Zero Harm

30%

26.3%

30%

14.2%

People

10%

9.7%

The following table shows the STIs that were earned during the year ended 30 June 2012 due to the achievement of the relevant 
performance targets.

KMP executives

G Fenn

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell

K Fletcher

D Overall

Short Term Incentive in respect of 2012 financial year

Paid %

Forfeited %

73%

55%

70%

70%

88%

96%

27%

45%

30%

30%

12%

4%

The table below summarises LTI performance measures tested and the outcomes for each executive.

Relevant executives

Relevant LTI measure

Performance outcome

% LTI tranche that vested

D Cattell, D Overall

2008 Plan

The vesting range was 
$6 to $13.

Zero per cent. The shares 
were forfeited.

Share price hurdle.

The actual share price 
was $3.20.

G Fenn, C Bruyn, D Cattell, 
D Overall

Tranche Two of Three in 
2009 plan

Actual performance ranked 
at the 23rd percentile.

Zero per cent became 
provisionally qualified. 
The shares were forfeited.

Percentile ranking of Downer’s 
TSR relative to the constituents 
of the ASX100 over a three 
year period.

G Fenn, C Bruyn, D Cattell, 
D Overall 

Tranche Three of Three in 
2009 plan

Actual performance ranked 
at the 23rd percentile.

Percentile ranking of Downer’s 
TSR relative to the constituents 
of the ASX100 over a three 
year period.

Zero per cent became 
provisionally qualified. 
The tranche is subject 
to a single re-test.

annuaL rePort 2012  25

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

6.5 share-Based Payments

6.5.1 RESTRICTED SHARES

The table below shows the number of restricted shares granted and percentage of restricted shares that vested or were forfeited 
during the year for each grant that affects compensation in this or future reporting periods.

2008 Plan

2009 Plan

2010 Plan

Number  
of Shares 
(share 
price
hurdle)1

 –  

 –  

 –  

387,500 

 –  

270,000 

KMP executives

G Fenn

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell

K Fletcher

D Overall

%  
vested

%  
forfeited

Number
of shares2

%  
vested

%  
forfeited

Number 
of shares3

%  
vested

% 
 forfeited

444,825 

56%

 –  

 –  

 –  

8%

 –  

5%

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

86,957 

75%

291,451 

 –  

 –  

86%

145,726 

15%

 –  

33%

33%

 –  

33%

95,410 

31,803 

53,430 

143,115 

77,309 

71,558 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

1 

2 

 Grant date 29 april 2008 except for d overall (27 January 2009). all shares with eBIt and cash flow hurdles have vested in prior years and are 
not disclosed in the table.

 Grant date 1 april 2009 except for c Bruyn (12 June 2009) and G fenn (332,258 30 June 2009, 112,567 27 January 2010). all shares with eBIt and 
cash flow hurdles have vested in prior years and are not disclosed in the table.

3    Grant date 11 June 2010 (except for an additional 27,696 shares granted to K fletcher on 2 november 2010). the fair value of shares granted 

was $4.46 per share for the ePs tranche and $1.46 per share for the tsr tranche. the fair value of the additional grants to K fletcher was 
$5.17 per share for the ePs tranche and $1.87 for the tsr tranche.

2011 Plan

CEO 30 July 2011

2012 Plan

Number
of shares1

%  
vested

%  
forfeited

Number
of shares2

%  
vested

%  
forfeited

Number 
of shares3

%  
vested

% 
 forfeited

KMP executives

G Fenn

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell

K Fletcher

D Overall

480,205 

86,704 

130,055 

 –  

160,068 

180,077 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

300,000 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

67%

464,996 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

83,958 

117,392 

 –  

154,999 

232,498 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

1  Grant date 21 June 2011. the fair value of shares granted was $3.72 per share for the ePs tranche and $1.99 per share for the tsr tranche. 

2   Grant date 30 July 2010. the fair value of shares granted was $4.97 per share. 

3   Grant date 22 June 2012. the fair value of shares granted was $3.095 per share for the ePs tranche and $1.848 per share for the tsr tranche. 

The maximum number of restricted shares that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based payments in 
future years is set out in the table below:

KMP executives

G Fenn

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell

K Fletcher

D Overall

Maximum number of shares for the year

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

64,767 

164,766 

295,410 

480,205 

464,996 

 – 

 – 

31,803 

86,704 

83,958 

28,986 

28,985 

53,430 

130,055 

117,392 

226,316 

390,266

–

 –  

 –  

 – 

 – 

77,309 

160,068 

154,999 

108,575 

138,576 

131,558 

210,077 

232,498 

The maximum value of restricted shares that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based payments in future 
years is set out in the table below. The amount reported is the value of share-based payments calculated in accordance with 
AASB 2 Share-based Payment over the vesting period.

26  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

$

KMP executives

G Fenn

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell

K Fletcher

D Overall

Maximum value of shares for the year

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

747,284 

915,366 

786,651 

521,354 

163,012 

98,159 

155,241 

142,170 

94,134 

233,709 

274,800 

223,116 

135,209 

506,284 

294,398 

107,281 

 –  

204,497 

309,828 

274,169 

173,783 

342,412 

440,119 

362,676 

238,226 

29,433 

41,154 

 –  

54,337 

81,506 

6.5.2 OPTIONS AND RIGHTS

No performance options or rights were granted or exercised during the year ended 30 June 2012. 

There are no performance rights or performance options outstanding.

6.6 remuneratIon consuLtants

Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd was engaged by the Board Remuneration Committee to provide remuneration advice in relation to 
KMP, but did not provide the Board Remuneration Committee with remuneration recommendations as defined under Division 1, 
Part 1.2, 9B (1) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Board was satisfied that advice received was free from any undue influence by key management personnel to whom the advice 
may relate, because strict protocols were observed and complied with regarding any interaction between Guerdon Associates Pty 
Ltd and management, and because all remuneration advice was provided to the Board Remuneration Committee chair.

7. KEy TERmS OF EmPlOymENT CONTRACTS

7.1 notIce and termInatIon Payments

All executives are on contracts with no fixed end date, other than D Cattell who is on a fixed term contract that ends on 
1 January 2013. The following table captures the notice periods applicable to termination of the employment of executives.

Termination notice period 
by Downer

Termination notice period 
by employee

Termination payments  
payable under contract

Managing Director

Other Executives

12 months

12 months

6 months

6 months

12 months

12 months

There have been no variations from policy during this financial year.

Termination payments are calculated based upon total fixed remuneration at the date of termination. No payment is made for 
termination due to gross misconduct.

annuaL rePort 2012  27

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

7.2 manaGInG dIrector and chIef executIve offIcer of downer’s emPLoyment aGreement

Mr Fenn was appointed as the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Downer commencing on 30 July 2010. 
Mr Fenn’s contract will continue until terminated by either party under the terms of the employment agreement as 
summarised below.

Mr Fenn’s remuneration comprises fixed and variable components.

The initial fixed remuneration is $1.8 million per annum and this was unchanged during the 2012 financial year. This amount 
includes superannuation contributions and non-cash benefits and excludes Mr Fenn’s home telephone rental and call costs, 
home internet costs and medical health, life and salary continuance insurance. Mr Fenn may also be accompanied by his wife 
when travelling on business, at the Chairman’s discretion. There was no such travel during the year. It is reviewable annually in 
accordance with Downer’s policies.

Mr Fenn is eligible to receive an annual STI and the maximum STI opportunity is 100 per cent of fixed remuneration. Any 
entitlement to an STI is at the discretion of the Board, having regard to performance measures and targets developed in 
consultation with Mr Fenn including Downer’s financial performance, safety, people, environmental and sustainability targets 
and adherence to risk management policies and practices. The Board also retains the right to vary the STI by + or – 100 per cent 
(up to the 100 per cent maximum) based on its assessment of performance.

Mr Fenn’s performance requirements have been described in Section 5.

There is no STI entitlement where the Managing Director’s employment terminates prior to the end of the financial year, other 
than in the event of a change of control or by mutual agreement.

Mr Fenn was also eligible to receive key milestone incentives on a once-only basis in lieu of an LTI grant pro rated with service 
as Managing Director for calendar 2010. These milestones are over and above the STI operating and financial objectives, and 
are considered to be sufficiently critical to shareholder value to warrant special STI treatment on a one-off basis. These special 
milestone incentives included a grant of 200,000 shares which was made with a specific performance hurdle requiring the 
achievement of practical completion of the first six Waratah Train Sets by 30 September 2011. The service period prior to vesting 
is a further 2.25 years to 31 December 2013. The timing required under the performance hurdle was not met and the shares 
are forfeited.

Mr Fenn is eligible to participate in the annual LTI plan and the value of the award is 100 per cent of fixed remuneration 
calculated using the volume weighted average price after each year’s half yearly results announcement.

Mr Fenn’s performance requirements have been described in Section 5.

In the event of a change of control, providing at least 12 months of a grant’s performance period have elapsed, unvested 
shares pro rated with the elapsed service period are tested for vesting with performance against the relevant hurdles for that 
period and vest, as appropriate. The specific milestone performance shares not yet tested will fully vest on a change of control. 
Shares that have already been tested, have met performance requirements and are subject to the completion of the service 
condition, fully vest. 

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances.

Mr Fenn can resign:

(a)  by providing six months’ written notice; or

(b) 

 immediately in circumstances where there is a fundamental change in his role or responsibilities. In these circumstances, 
Mr Fenn is entitled to a payment in lieu of 12 months’ notice.

Downer can terminate Mr Fenn’s employment:

(a) 

immediately for misconduct or other circumstances justifying summary dismissal; or

(b)  by providing 12 months’ written notice.

When notice is required, Downer can make a payment in lieu of notice of all or part of any notice period (calculated based on 
Mr Fenn’s fixed annual remuneration).

If Mr Fenn resigns because ill health prevents him from continuing his duties, he will receive a payment in recognition of his past 
services equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration. At the discretion of the Board, his shares under the LTI plan may also vest.

If Downer terminates Mr Fenn’s employment on account of redundancy, in addition to the notice (or payment in lieu of notice) 
required to be given by Downer, Mr Fenn will receive a payment in recognition of his past services equivalent to 12 months’ 
fixed remuneration.

If Mr Fenn resigns he will be subject to a six month post-employment restraint in certain areas that the Downer Group operates, 
where he is restricted from working for competing businesses.

28  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

The agreement contains provisions regarding leave entitlements, duties, confidentiality, intellectual property, moral rights and 
other facilitative and ancillary clauses. It also contains provisions regarding corporate governance and a provision dealing with 
the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) limits on termination benefits to be made to Mr Fenn.

8. PRIOR EqUITy-BASED REmUNERATION PlANS

Prior Downer equity-based remuneration plans in which executives retained an interest during the financial year are:

 – 2011 executive share plan;

 – 2010 executive share plan;

 – 2009 executive share plan; and

 – 2008 executive share plan.

Details of LTI plans from prior years are set out in the table below. 

Plan name

Type of award

2011 executive 
share plan

Grant of restricted 
shares delivered in 
two equal tranches

Re-test

There is no re-test.

Service 
requirements

The service 
condition requires 
that the executive 
remains employed 
at all times for a 
period of 12 months 
from 31 December 
in the final year of 
the performance 
period for which 
the performance 
condition is 
satisfied.

Performance 
requirements

Tranche One: 
Percentile ranking 
of Downer’s TSR 
relative to the 
constituents of 
the ASX100 as at 
the beginning of 
the performance 
tests period. 

Tranche Two: EPS 
annual compound 
growth to be 
within 6 per cent 
to 12 per cent.

The performance 
period for both 
tranches is 
three years.

Vesting schedule

Tranche One: The 
measure ensures 
that awards 
vest only when 
Downer’s growth in 
shareholder value 
has exceeded the 
50th percentile of its 
TSR peer group, the 
ASX100. Shares vest 
pro rata between 
the median and 
75th percentile. 
That is, 4 per cent 
of the shares vest at 
the 51st percentile, 
8 per cent at the 
52nd percentile and 
so on until 100 per 
cent vest at the 
75th percentile.

Tranche Two: Pro 
rata from 6 per cent 
to 12 per cent EPS 
growth such that 
16.67 per cent of 
the restricted shares 
in the tranche vest 
for every 1 per cent 
increase in EPS 
growth between 
6 per cent and 
12 per cent.

annuaL rePort 2012  29

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

Plan name

Type of award

2010 executive 
share plan

Grant of restricted 
shares delivered in 
two equal tranches

Re-test

There is no re-test.

Service 
requirements

The service 
condition requires 
that the executive 
remains employed 
at all times for a 
period of 12 months 
from 31 December 
in the final year of 
the performance 
period for which 
the performance 
condition is 
satisfied.

Performance 
requirements

Tranche One: 
Percentile ranking 
of Downer’s TSR 
relative to the 
constituents of the 
ASX100 as at the 
beginning of the 
performance tests 
period. 

Tranche Two: EPS 
annual compound 
growth to be 
within 6 per cent 
to 12 per cent.

The performance 
period for both 
tranches is 
three years.

2009 executive 
share plan

Grant of restricted 
shares delivered 
in three equal 
tranches

Percentile ranking 
of Downer’s TSR 
relative to the 
constituents of 
the ASX100 as at 
the beginning of 
the performance 
test period. Initial 
performance 
periods for the 
three tranches are 
1, 2 and 3 years, 
respectively.

Shares that do not 
meet the initial 
relative TSR test are 
subject to a single 
re-test 12 months 
after the first test. 
If the performance 
hurdles are met 
at the re-test, the 
awards will vest. 
Shares that do 
not meet the re-test 
are forfeited.

The service 
condition requires 
that the executive 
remains employed 
at all times for a 
period of 12 months 
from 31 December 
in the final year of 
the performance 
period for which 
the performance 
condition is 
satisfied.

Vesting schedule

Tranche One: The 
measure ensures 
that awards 
vest only when 
Downer’s growth in 
shareholder value 
has exceeded the 
50th percentile of its 
TSR peer group, the 
ASX100. Shares vest 
pro rata between 
the median and 
75th percentile. 
That is, 4 per cent 
of the shares vest at 
the 51st percentile, 
8 per cent at the 
52nd percentile and 
so on until 100 per 
cent vest at the 
75th percentile.

Tranche Two: Pro 
rata from 6 per cent 
to 12 per cent EPS 
growth such that 
16.67 per cent of 
the restricted shares 
in the tranche vest 
for every 1 per cent 
increase in EPS 
growth between 
6 per cent and 
12 per cent.

The measure 
ensures that awards 
vest only when 
Downer’s growth in 
shareholder value 
has exceeded the 
50th percentile of its 
TSR peer group, the 
ASX100. Shares vest 
pro rata between 
the median and 
75th percentile. 
That is, 4 per cent 
of the shares vest at 
the 51st percentile, 
8 per cent at the 
52nd percentile and 
so on until 100 per 
cent vest at the 
75th percentile.

30  downer edI LImIted

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

Plan name

Type of award

2008 executive 
share plan

Grant of restricted 
shares 

Service 
requirements

The service 
condition requires 
the executive to 
be in continuous 
employment for 
a certain period 
of months after 
the testing date. 
After attaining 
share price hurdles, 
service conditions 
apply for shares 
to vest, with a 
third of shares that 
pass the hurdles 
to vest providing 
the executive 
remains in service 
to 31 December of 
2012, 2013 and 2014 
respectively.

Vesting schedule

By 31 December, 
2010 pro rated 
vesting between 
0 per cent and 
100 per cent for 
share prices from 
$10 to $12.50. By 
31 December 2011 
pro rated vesting 
0 per cent to 
100 per cent for a 
share price hurdle 
between $6 and 
$13. The latter re-test 
hurdle was added 
at the Board’s 
discretion due to 
the unforeseen 
impact of the 
global financial 
crisis on the overall 
share market.

Performance 
requirements

Re-test

There is no re-test 
for awards that vest 
on satisfaction of 
an EBIT or operating 
cash flow target. At 
the discretion of the 
Board, tranches of 
awards subject to a 
share price hurdle 
that do not meet 
the hurdle may be 
re-tested under the 
conditions of the 
following tranche. 
If the performance 
hurdle is met at the 
re-test, the relevant 
proportion of the 
tranche will vest.

Two tranches of 
restricted shares 
were granted 
under the plan. 
The performance 
conditions for those 
pools are:

Tranche One: 
50 per cent vests 
on achievement of 
an EBIT target and 
50 per cent vests 
on achievement 
of an operating 
cash flow target 
for the year ended 
30 June 2008.

Tranche Two: A 
share price hurdle 
as at 31 December 
in the relevant year. 
The share price is 
calculated as the 
10-day volume 
weighted average 
price (VWAP) 
leading up to 
31 December for 
each cycle.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to section 298(2) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding 
Chairman

Sydney, 13 August 2012

annuaL rePort 2012  31

AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DEClARATION

32  downer edI LImIted

CONSOlIDATED INCOmE STATEmENT 
for the year ended 30 June 2012

From continuing operations(i)

Revenue from ordinary activities

Other income

Total revenue

Employee benefits expense (ii)

Raw materials and consumables used (ii)

Subcontractor costs (ii)

Plant and equipment costs (ii)

Communication expenses

Occupancy costs

Professional fees

Travel and accommodation expenses (ii)

Other expenses from ordinary activities

Depreciation and amortisation 

Share of net profit of joint venture entities and associates

Individually significant items

Earnings before interest and tax

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit/(loss) before income tax from continuing operations

Income tax (expense)/benefit

Profit/(loss) after income tax from continuing operations

Note

 3(a)

 3(a)

2

 3(b)

 3(b)

15(b)

 4

 3(c)

 3(c)

 5

2012 
$’000

2011 
$’000

7,915,413 

6,433,549 

5,053 

8,662 

7,920,466 

6,442,211 

(2,711,332)

(2,161,310)

(1,638,502)

(1,519,626)

(1,600,039)

(1,255,459)

(1,025,943)

(670,425)

(67,234)

(118,915)

(32,298)

(125,788)

(56,792)

(245,995)

45,853 

(82,279)

(54,104)

(117,151)

(37,422)

(82,804)

(91,328)

(208,472)

26,111 

(266,573)

(7,659,264)

(6,438,563)

261,202

10,746 

(82,257)

(71,511)

189,691 

(82,176)

107,515 

3,648 

14,107 

(78,405)

(64,298)

(60,650)

14,368 

(46,282)

(i)  the 2011 balances have been restated to reflect continuing operations.

(ii)  the 2011 balances have been restated to better reflect the nature of the costs incurred. there has been no impact on the profit/(loss) 

before income tax as a result of these changes.

The consolidated income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 40 to 112.

annuaL rePort 2012  33

CONSOlIDATED INCOmE STATEmENT – CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 June 2012

Profit/(loss) from continuing operations attributable to:

 – Non-controlling interest

 – Members of the parent entity

Profit/(loss) for the year from continuing operations

Discontinued operations

 – Profit from discontinued operations

Profit/(loss) for the year

Profit/(loss) for the year that is attributable to:

 – Non-controlling interest

 – Members of the parent entity

Total profit/(loss) for the year

Earnings per share (cents)

Basic earnings/(loss) per share

 – From continuing operations

 – From discontinued operations

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share

 – From continuing operations

 – From discontinued operations

Note

2012 
$’000

2011 
$’000

11 

107,504 

107,515 

5,380 

112,895 

129 

112,766 

112,895 

22.5 

1.2 

23.7 

22.4 

1.1 

23.5 

(63)

(46,219)

(46,282)

18,582 

(27,700)

143 

(27,843)

(27,700)

(15.5)

5.0 

(10.5)

(15.5)

5.0 

(10.5)

27

7

7

7

7

The consolidated income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 40 to 112.

34  downer edI LImIted

CONSOlIDATED STATEmENT OF COmPREhENSIvE INCOmE
for the year ended 30 June 2012

Profit/(loss) after income tax

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

 – Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations

 – Net gain on available-for-sale investments taken to equity

 – Net (loss)/gain on foreign currency forward contracts taken to equity

 – Net loss on cross currency interest rate swaps taken to equity

 – Amortisation of share of reserves from associates 

 – Derecognition of share of reserves from associates

 – Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income/(loss) included in equity

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year that is attributable to:

Non-controlling interest

Members of the parent entity

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

Note

25

25

2012 
$’000

112,895

5,070 

 – 

(1,186)

(9,599)

1,253 

72,540 

3,079 

71,157 

184,052

129 

183,923 

184,052 

2011 
$’000

(27,700)

(18,738)

3,433 

10,055 

(4,215)

2,801 

–

(2,289)

(8,953)

(36,653)

143 

(36,796)

(36,653)

The consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes 
on pages 40 to 112. 

annuaL rePort 2012  35

CONSOlIDATED STATEmENT OF FINANCIAl POSITION
as at 30 June 2012

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents 

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Other financial assets

Current tax assets

Other assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Trade and other receivables

Equity-accounted investments 

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Other financial assets

Deferred tax assets

Other assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Other financial liabilities

Provisions 

Current tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Other financial liabilities

Provisions 

Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY

Issued capital

Reserves

Retained earnings

Parent interests

Non-controlling interest

Total equity

Note

2012 
$’000

2011 
$’000

9

10

11

12

13

14

11

15(b)

16

17

12

13(a)

14

18

19

21

22

23

18

19

21

22

23(a)

24

25

296,691 

282,738 

288,575 

192,568 

1,598,414 

1,312,998 

14,211 

13,765 

48,969 

6,078 

14,312 

40,961 

2,254,788 

1,855,492 

1,922 

60,893 

 – 

37,354 

1,133,470 

1,055,015 

577,651 

7,794 

71,271 

3,553 

1,856,554 

4,111,342 

589,195 

30,977 

137,949 

4,684 

1,855,174 

3,710,666 

1,388,995 

1,117,726 

180,938 

77,532 

332,450 

3,926 

165,121 

74,629 

239,659 

3,866 

1,983,841 

1,601,001 

3,955 

437,972 

46,112 

15,612 

6,150 

509,801 

2,493,642 

1,617,700 

2,812 

567,665 

71,715 

18,809 

6,279 

667,280 

2,268,281 

1,442,385 

1,427,730 

1,423,897 

(51,752)

241,737 

(121,581) 

139,969 

1,617,715 

1,442,285 

(15)

100 

1,617,700 

1,442,385 

The consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 40 to 112.

36  downer edI LImIted

CONSOlIDATED STATEmENT OF ChANgES IN EqUITy
for the year ended 30 June 2012

2012

$’000

Balance at 1 July 2011

Profit after income tax

Exchange differences arising on 
translation of foreign operations

Net loss on foreign currency forward 
contracts

Net loss on cross currency interest 
rate swaps

Amortisation on share of reserves 
from associates

Derecognition of share of reserves 
from associates

Income tax relating to components 
of other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the 
year

Issued 
capital

Hedge 
reserve
(Note 25)

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

Employee 
benefits 
reserve

Retained 
earnings

Attributable 
to owners  
of the 
parent

Non- 
controlling 
interest

Total

1,423,897 

(77,673)

(58,683)

14,775 

139,969 

1,442,285 

100  1,442,385 

– 

 – 

 – 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 – 

 – 

(1,186)

(9,599)

1,253 

72,540 

3,079 

 – 

 – 

112,766 

112,766 

129 

112,895 

5,070 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

5,070 

 – 

5,070 

(1,186)

–

(1,186)

(9,599)

 – 

(9,599)

1,253 

 – 

1,253 

72,540 

 – 

72,540 

3,079 

 – 

3,079 

66,087 

5,070 

 – 

112,766 

183,923 

129 

184,052 

Vested executive incentive shares 
transactions

3,833 

Share-based transactions during the 
year

Income tax relating to share-based 
transactions during the year 

Payment of dividends (i)

Amounts derecognised on disposal 
of subsidiary

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

(3,833)

2,237 

(3,214)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2,237 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2,237 

(3,214)

 – 

(3,214)

 – 

(10,998)

(10,998)

(163)

(11,161)

 (8) 

3,490 

 – 

 – 

3,482 

(81)

3,401 

Balance at 30 June 2012

1,427,730 

(11,594)

(50,123)

9,965 

241,737 

1,617,715 

(15) 1,617,700 

(i)  Payment of dividends relates to roads dividends and minority interests dividends paid during the financial year.

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes 
on pages 40 to 112.

annuaL rePort 2012  37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Loss)/profit after 
income tax 

Exchange differences 
arising on translation of 
foreign operations

Net gain on available-
for-sale investments

Net gain on foreign 
currency forward 
contracts (i)

Net loss on cross currency 
interest rate swaps

Amortisation on share of 
reserves from associates

Income tax relating to 
components of other 
comprehensive income

Total comprehensive 
(loss)/income for 
the year

Contributions of 
equity (net of 
transaction costs) (ii)

Income tax relating 
to capital raising 
transaction costs

Vested executive 
incentive shares 
transactions

Share-based 
transactions during 
the year

Income tax relating to 
share-based transactions 
during the year

Payment of dividends (iii)

CONSOlIDATED STATEmENT OF ChANgES IN EqUITy – CONTINUED
for the year ended 30 June 2012

2011

$’000

Available-
for-sale 
investment 
reserve

Hedge 
reserve
(Note 25)

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

Issued 
capital

Employee 
benefits 
reserve

Retained 
earnings

Attributable 
to owners  
of the 
parent

Non- 
controlling 
interest

Total

Balance at 1 July 2010

1,118,675 

(2,816)

(84,642)

(39,945)

19,510 

231,974 

1,242,756 

95  1,242,851 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

  – 

  – 

3,433 

 – 

 – 

 – 

  – 

10,055 

  – 

  – 

(4,215)

2,801 

 – 

(617)

(1,672)

 – 

 – 

(27,843)

(27,843)

143 

(27,700)

(18,738)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(18,738)

 – 

(18,738)

3,433 

 – 

3,433 

10,055 

 – 

10,055 

(4,215)

 – 

(4,215)

2,801 

 – 

2,801 

(2,289)

 – 

(2,289)

 – 

2,816 

6,969 

(18,738)

 – 

(27,843)

(36,796)

143 

(36,653)

296,474 

  – 

3,130 

  – 

5,618 

  – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

  – 

  – 

  – 

  – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(5,618)

 – 

(2,483)

3,366 

 – 

 – 

 – 

296,474 

 – 

296,474 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

3,130 

 – 

3,130 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(2,483)

 – 

(2,483)

3,366 

 – 

3,366 

Balance at 30 June 2011

1,423,897 

(77,673)

(58,683)

14,775 

139,969 

1,442,285 

100  1,442,385 

 – 

(64,162)

(64,162)

(138)

(64,300)

(i)   the June 2011 balance includes $65.0 million reclassification adjustment from other comprehensive income into the profit and loss in 

accordance with aasB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement.

(ii)  contributions of equity relate to shares issued as a result of capital raising, employee share Plan and dividend re-investment Plan 

operable in relation to the 2010 final dividend.

(iii)  Payment of dividends relates to 2010 interim, 2009 final dividend and roads dividends paid during the financial year. 

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes 
on pages 40 to 112.

38  downer edI LImIted

CONSOlIDATED STATEmENT OF CASh FlOWS 
for the year ended 30 June 2012

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers

Distributions from equity-accounted investments

Dividends received from external entities

Payments to suppliers and employees

Interest received

Interest and other costs of finance paid

Income tax paid

Note

15(b)

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

28(c)

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Payments for property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale and leaseback of plant and equipment

Payments for intangible assets

Receipts from/(payments for) investments 

Proceeds from the sale of investments

Repayments from/(advances to) joint ventures

Proceeds from sale of businesses

Payments for businesses acquired

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Net proceeds from issue of equity securities

Proceeds from borrowings 

Repayments of borrowings

Proceeds from joint ventures

Dividends paid

Dividend paid to non-controlling interest

Net cash (used in)/inflow from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Effect of exchange rate changes

27(d)

26

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

28(a)

2012 
$’000

2011 
$’000

8,584,764 

7,275,150 

24,281 

11 

12,667 

701 

(8,158,966)

(7,025,409)

6,914 

(76,860)

(15,673)

364,471 

14,275 

(73,399)

(18,360)

185,625 

38,119 

44,154 

(373,990)

(446,010)

5,976 

(6,575)

4,027 

 – 

1,261 

129,192 

(1,000)

82,891 

(1,421)

(3,948)

7,962 

(3,201)

 – 

 – 

(202,990)

(319,573)

 – 

2,320,430 

270,185 

972,576 

(2,463,159)

(1,148,133)

4,000 

(10,998)

(163)

(149,890)

11,591 

282,232 

2,866 

296,689 

 – 

(44,135)

(138)

50,355 

(83,593)

378,382 

(12,557)

282,232 

The consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 40 to 112.

annuaL rePort 2012  39

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 1. SUmmARy OF ACCOUNTINg POlICIES 

statement of comPLIance

These financial statements represent the consolidated results 
of Downer EDI Limited (ABN 97 003 872 848). The Financial 
Report is a general purpose Financial Report prepared 
in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), 
Accounting Standards and Interpretations and complies with 
other requirements of the law. Accounting Standards include 
Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting 
Standards (A-IFRS). Compliance with A-IFRS ensures that 
the consolidated financial statements and notes of the 
consolidated entity comply with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS). 

The Financial Report was authorised for issue by the Directors 
on 13 August 2012.

roundInG of amounts

Downer is a Company of the kind referred to in ASIC Class 
Order 98/0100, dated 10 July 1998, and in accordance with 
that Class Order, amounts in the Directors’ Report and the 
Financial Report have been rounded off to the nearest 
thousand dollars, unless otherwise indicated. 

BasIs of PreParatIon

The Financial Report has been prepared on a historical 
cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial 
instruments. Cost is based on the fair values of the 
consideration given in exchange for assets.

The preparation of the Financial Report requires 
Management to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of policies and 
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. 
The estimates and associated assumptions are based on 
historical experience and various other factors that are 
believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the 
results of which form the basis of making the judgements 
about carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results 
may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed 
on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are 
recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if 
the revision affects only that period or in the period of the 
revision and future periods if the revision affects both current 
and future periods. In particular, information about significant 
areas of estimation uncertainty and critical judgements in 
applying accounting policies that have the most significant 
effect on the amount recognised in the financial statements 
are described below.

aPPLIcatIon of crItIcaL JudGements and Key 
sources of estImatIon uncertaInty

The following are critical judgements that Management has 
made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting 
policies and which have the most significant effect on the 
amounts recognised in the financial statements:

REVENUE RECOGNITION 

Revenue and expense are recognised in net profit by 
reference to the stage of completion of each identifiable 
component for construction contracts.

40  downer edI LImIted

A fundamental condition for being able to estimate profit 
recognition based on percentage of completion is that 
project revenues and project costs can be reliably estimated. 
This reliability is based on such factors as compliance with 
the Group’s system for project control and that project 
management is performed with the necessary skills. Project 
control also includes a number of estimates and assessments 
that depend on the experience and knowledge of project 
management, industrial relations, risk management, training 
and the prior management of similar projects.

In determining revenues and expenses for construction 
contracts, Management makes key assumptions regarding 
estimated revenues and expenses over the life of the 
contracts. Where contract variations are recognised in 
revenue, assumptions are made regarding the probability 
that customers will approve those contract variations and the 
amount of revenue arising from contract variations. In respect 
of costs, key assumptions regarding costs to complete 
contracts may include estimation of labour, technical 
costs, impact of delays and productivity. Changes in these 
estimation methods could have a material impact on the 
financial statements of Downer.

CAPITALISATION OF TENDER/BID COSTS

Tender/bid costs are expensed until the Group has reached 
preferred bidder status and there is a reasonable expectation 
that the cost will be recovered. At this stage costs are 
capitalised. Tender/bid costs are then expensed over the 
life of the contract. Where a tender/bid is subsequently 
unsuccessful the previously capitalised costs are immediately 
expensed. Tender/bid costs that have been expensed 
cannot be recapitalised in a subsequent financial year.

Judgement is exercised by Management in determining 
whether it is probable that the contract will be awarded. An 
error in judgement may result in capitalised tender/bid costs 
being recognised in the income statement in the following 
financial year.

KEY CONTRACTS AND SUPPLIERS

A number of contracts that Downer enters into are long-term 
contracts with recurring revenues but are terminable on short 
notice for convenience. There is a risk that such key contracts 
may not be renewed, may be renewed on less favourable 
terms or may be cancelled. Similarly, where Downer is reliant 
on one or a small set of key suppliers to provide goods and 
services, the performance of these suppliers may impact 
Downer’s ability to complete projects and earn profits. In 
addition, there are particular suppliers with whom Downer 
has a long-term relationship that support Downer’s business 
activities. A change in relationship with these suppliers could 
negatively impact Downer’s future financial performance. 
Downer also has a large capital equipment fleet, which is 
subject to availability of major spares such as tyres for mining 
equipment. New contracts often require the acquisition of 
new equipment and the timing of purchases is dependent 
upon availability from suppliers in an international market. 
Management judgement is therefore required to estimate 
the impact of the loss of key contracts and suppliers on future 
earnings, supporting existing goodwill and intangible assets.

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 1. SUmmARy OF ACCOUNTINg POlICIES – CONTINUED

WARATAH TRAIN PROJECT 

A total provision of $440.0 million has previously been 
provided against the Waratah Train Project (WTP) based on 
an estimate to complete the contract. The provision was 
based on program design, manufacture, production and 
delivery schedules (the program) to complete the contract 
within the estimated provision.

The WTP team has continued to implement changes to the 
program over the past 12 months, which are summarised 
below. Importantly, as part of its planning for the delivery of 
trains, the WTP team continues to be required to estimate 
future events and make a number of assumptions in relation 
to the revised program.

The provision currently reflects the revised program (Master 
Program Schedule (MPS) 11) that provides for the production 
of trains in five distinct phases.

1.   Trains 1 and 2 (in order of delivery from Changchun 
Railway Vehicles Company (CRC or China)) were 
delivered early in the project, without their full interiors and 
have been used as test trains. Train 1 has been returned to 
CRC to be retrofitted to the required standard and will be 
available for Practical Completion (PC) in late 2013. Train 2 
completes its test train activities during August 2012 and 
will be returned to CRC before the end of 2012 for retrofit in 
similar timescales;

Cardiff for the first time in the project leading to reduced 
costs of manufacture. Also additional workforce has been 
applied to the workshops in CRC to deliver output of three 
trains per month from June 2012; and

5.   Trains 41 to 78 are scheduled to be built with further 

process and design improvements for simpler assembly 
and higher quality of the passenger areas being 
progressively implemented at Trains 41 and 51. Further 
acceleration of the flow-lines in Cardiff to a three day 
TAKT time is being planned from Train 41 (in February 2013).

The program (MPS11) is targeting the following delivery 
milestones, which remain broadly within the parameters 
outlined in February 2011:

 – Since 30 June 2011, 12 trains have been presented to 
RailCorp, received PC and are currently available for 
passenger service;

 – The current delivery schedule provides for a further 
11 trains (a total of 23 trains) by Christmas 2012; and

 – The program initiatives still enable Train 78 to be delivered 
to RailCorp and enter passenger service before the end 
of FY2014.

Key assumptions underpinning the manufacturing program 
include:

 – The successful acceleration to a three day cycle time from 

2.   Trains 3 to 9 were part of a focused production plan for 

Train 41 in February 2013 in Cardiff;

the initial trains that required significant additional work on 
the interior fit-out and related areas due to design related 
production issues, inadequate methods and processes in 
assembly. These trains were manufactured and delivered 
to the customer by December 2011 (consistent with the 
MPS10 schedule developed in June 2011);

3.   Trains 10 to 14 were made to an initial configuration 

standard using new methods and processes to assist 
efficient production of the bodyshell and interior fit-out. 
These trains have been built with an improved level of 
quality compared to the initial trains, however still require 
some rework. Trains 10 and 11 were completed prior to the 
launch of new flow-line processes in Cardiff in February 
2012 and delivered to the customer during April and May 
2012 and subsequently achieved PC. Three train sets are 
currently within the production facility at Cardiff but being 
worked on a separate flow-line due to the higher levels 
of rework than following trains. The program schedule 
has been adjusted so that this work can be carried 
out at Cardiff efficiently without causing delay to the 
following trains;

4.   Trains 15 to 40 are being built using a flow-line process 
that has been implemented in the interior fit-out shop 
in CRC. Continuing process and design improvements 
introduced progressively at Trains 15 and 24 have resulted 
in trains of a higher quality, with significantly reduced 
rework and with design changes as a result of testing and 
development included in the base build. These trains are 
then being completed at Cardiff on the new flow-lines 
that have been in place since February 2012. This has 
been operating at a four day TAKT time (the time which 
passes before each occasion that the flow-line is pulsed) 
since late May 2012 meaning that eight cars come out of 
production every eight business days. Train 24 has seen 
rework reduced to below that originally budgeted for in 

 – The program will recover the six weeks lag to schedule 
resulting from resource shortages in the early stages of 
flow-line implementation in Cardiff;

 – Continued refinement of Lean Manufacturing initiatives 
in China (jointly with CRC) and Cardiff will continue to 
improve the quality and production rates evidenced 
by three trains being manufactured in each of June 
and July 2012 in CRC;

 – Improved quality from CRC is maintained, which has 

already resulted in more efficient production rates and 
reduced labour hours at Cardiff;

 – The continuing progressive implementation of process 
and component re-designs to achieve the estimated 
production rates required quality levels in the bodyshell 
and interior fit-out shops in China (VE programs);

 – CRC continues to deploy the requisite number of 

resources to the interior fit-out shop in Changchun with the 
appropriate skill and experience to achieve the required 
productivity and quality in trains (significant resource 
increases were seen during May 2012 and these have 
remained allowing the increased outputs to be met in 
June and July 2012);

 – All parties continue to honour their contractual 

obligations;

 – That RailCorp and Reliance Rail continue to adopt a 

reasonable industry approach to the acceptance of trains 
for passenger service through the manufacture phase of 
the WTP (including supporting documentation) and the 
required track access will be made available to allow the 
project to achieve reliability and growth targets;

annuaL rePort 2012  41

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 1. SUmmARy OF ACCOUNTINg POlICIES – CONTINUED

WARATAH TRAIN PROJECT – CONTINUED

 – That the majority of monies held in the Manufacturing Delay Account (MDA) are paid to Downer upon achievement of 

contracted milestones, and that interest that accrues on the MDA is to be paid when Train 78 is delivered to Reliance Rail, 
together with the balance of the MDA ($12.5 million) that will be retained in the MDA to meet Downer’s contingency funding 
obligation until 2018 as part of the Reliance Rail restructure. MDA interest receivable in the Forecast Cost At Completion 
(FCAC) assumes that the funds are invested at arm’s length interest rates available for deposits of this term, size and nature 
from September 2012 with an APRA regulated financial institution; and

 – An accelerated delivery cadence continues to be accepted by RailCorp.

The FCAC includes a general contingency of ~ $64 million and provides for liquidated damages (LDs) in line with the revised 
delivery program with no specific contingency for LDs.

Cost Category

Materials and Sub-Contracted Components

Labour

Engineering Services

Transport, Logistics and Procurement

Project Management

Insurance, Bonding and Finance

Forecast Liquidated Damages (LDs)

Manufacturing Delay Account (MDA) interest receivable

Other Costs

General Contingency

Total FCAC

Revenue

FCAC (Loss)

Dec 11
Estimate
$m

1,047

303

156

164

136

59

170

 (104)

85

70

2,086

1,656

 (430)

Change
$m

6

22

–

 2

1

 (4)

5

3

 3

 (6)

32 

32

–

Jun 12
Estimate
$m

1,053

325

156

166

137

55

175

 (101)

88

64

2,118

1,688

 (430)

MATERIALS AND SUB-CONTRACTED COMPONENT

This cost category represents approximately 50 per cent of the total FCAC and is largely contracted and committed.

The materials forecast reflects the following assumptions:

 – Current yield and scrap rates based upon experience contained within the existing bill of material (BOM) and based upon 
the initial history of the build through 26 completed trains from CRC. For example, the BOM assumes a 20 per cent loss on 
stainless steel while cutting, due to scrappage;

 – Estimated costs of materials obsolescence based upon known engineering changes and other design changes and design 

faults;

 – No specific allowance has been made for variation to these yield assumptions, obsolete parts or materials associated with 
future engineering changes or potential improvements to the yield associated with value engineering proposed to be 
undertaken; and

 – It is assumed that any materials obsolescence associated with value engineering (or investments in supplier tooling) will be 

offset by additional savings in manufacturing cost reductions from Cardiff.

The WTP team has implemented a number of specific business control programs during the year to address key risks across a 
number of the major materials categories. These programs are largely designed to address risks with Glass Reinforced Plastic 
(GRP) (and associated rework programs), stainless steel and flooring. The impact of these areas remains a work in progress 
and represent some additional risk to the total materials cost, although these cost risks are considered to be adequately offset 
by opportunities for reduction in the cost of Jointly Procured Materials (JPM) items managed with CRC.

The FCAC assumes that all current suppliers remain solvent over the remaining build contract duration and that there are no 
latent defects or quality issues in any parts or designs provided. Should any latent defects manifest through the build or testing 
phase, it is assumed that they will be rectified at the supplier’s cost with no significant delays to the manufacturing schedule. 
Where the WTP team has identified suppliers with inherent risks in quality, secondary sourcing strategies to address the supply 
chain and cost risks have been implemented. These costs have been included as risks and opportunities within the materials 
management plan of the FCAC.

The FCAC has allowed for the additional storage costs associated with the revised delivery program where suppliers could not 
be contractually slowed down (without significant penalties) to match the revised manufacturing schedule. This is reflected 
within the logistics provision.

42  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 1. SUmmARy OF ACCOUNTINg POlICIES – CONTINUED

MATERIALS AND SUB-CONTRACTED COMPONENT 
– CONTINUED

While Downer currently has a potential right of recovery of 
LDs from materials suppliers, the FCAC does not assume 
recovery of these amounts at this stage. Similarly, the FCAC 
does not assume any potential increases in materials costs 
associated with suppliers in the future attempting to claim 
LDs from Downer due to the manufacturing delays.

LABOUR

Labour includes manpower costs sub-contracted with 
CRC in China and those incurred directly by Downer at 
Cardiff. CRC has committed to maintain the increased 
labour undertaking within the interior fit-out shop to allow 
them to meet the agreed cadence and delivery dates 
and will continue to satisfy their obligations.

The FCAC includes a Cardiff labour allowance for the 
significant rework of Trains 1 to 23 at Cardiff and minor levels 
of rework thereafter to Train 78. In making the estimates 
for rework, the experience of the trains built to date has 
been taken into consideration, as well as a clearly defined 
process of signing-off rework requirements before trains 
depart Changchun for Australia. In addition, the expected 
productivity benefits derived from an assumed learning 
curve (derived from the learning curve experienced on past 
passenger train builds) have been applied. Similar learning 
curve assumptions have been factored into the labour 
productivity assumptions for the original Cardiff scope of work.

The FCAC assumes that suitably skilled tradespeople are 
available to perform this transferred scope of work and that 
they will be paid ordinary rates pursuant to the Enterprise 
Bargaining Agreements that are in force. No provision has 
been made in the FCAC for the potential future redundancy 
costs associated with making Cardiff staff redundant at the 
completion of this project on the assumption that all staff will 
be redeployed.

Labour cost forecasts have increased by $22.0 million since 
December 2011 to reflect additional costs associated with 
the implementation and embedding of the new four stage, 
four stations flow-line, increased utilisation of the Cardiff 
facility to meet the revised MPS11 delivery schedule, and the 
removal of previously identified manpower stretch targets. 
A “controlled build” was carried out on Train 17 whereby 
every task was timed precisely to allow cost estimates for 
the remainder of the build to be estimated more accurately. 
This has also identified efficiencies in the flow-line process to 
prevent further cost increases and has allowed a more cost-
effective build to be implemented from Train 24 onwards. 
The labour cost for the remainder of the build is therefore now 
seen to be more accurate based on actual consideration of 
work as opposed to estimates.

ENGINEERING SERVICES

This category includes the cost of the initial train design, 
testing and commissioning throughout the program and 
the proposed manufacturability assessment and redesign 
to improve vehicle components and assembly. The FCAC 
assumes that the Engineering resource reduces during the 
program as the trains reach a steady state of production 
and delivery. The FCAC does not provide for any significant 
delays in the program due to failures in service that require 

substantial engineering redesign. In addition to these labour 
costs, the Engineering Services FCAC includes a $7.5 million 
provision for an estimated weight penalty.

TRANSPORT, LOGISTICS AND PROCUREMENT

This includes transport, warehousing, demurrage, 
logistics and procurement management and import and 
customs duty.

The FCAC provides for the transport of all trains from China 
to Australia with allowances for single or double shipments 
where expected. All trains and warehoused materials are 
insured for direct loss. 

The FCAC provides for the customs duty expected to be 
incurred on importation of dutiable materials into Australia 
at a rate of five per cent.

Since December 2011, the FCAC cost has been increased by 
$2.0 million and includes the cost of returning Trains 1 and 2 
to CRC for fit-out and return to Australia.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Project Management includes all support activities to 
complete the program, including allowance for a senior 
management team with the requisite high-volume, assembly-
line build and project management expertise, as well as a 
team of experts to support the revised production approach 
in China. The FCAC provides for all the travel, housing and 
expatriate benefits related to this team. The FCAC assumes 
that the project management resource tapers off during the 
program as trains reach a steady state of production and 
delivery. The FCAC has provided for the expected future 
cost of international travel to China, consultants, external 
accounting services and legal costs associated with the 
normal operation of the program. These costs have been 
determined by reference to historical experience, stage of 
the project and have been indexed for expected inflation.

Since December 2011, the FCAC cost has been increased by 
$1.0 million to reflect additional senior resources to support 
production in China and the flow-line at Cardiff.

INSURANCE, BONDING AND FINANCE

This includes the actual costs incurred to insure property, 
liability and people for the full duration of the program. 
This insurance cost was fully contracted at inception of the 
program and costs associated with the extension of the 
Rolling Stock Manufacture (RSM) phase insurance resulted in 
a $1.0 million reduction in cost. The cost of bonding reflected 
in the FCAC assumes a market rate being applied to the 
outstanding bond value through to completion of the project 
and that existing committed bonding facilities will be rolled 
on substantially similar terms to those in place at 30 June 
2012. Financing costs also include the cost of hedging the 
foreign exchange risk associated with foreign denominated 
costs included within the FCAC. 

annuaL rePort 2012  43

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 1. SUmmARy OF ACCOUNTINg POlICIES – CONTINUED

INSURANCE, BONDING AND FINANCE– CONTINUED

GENERAL CONTINGENCY

In February 2012 a series of foreign currency hedges were 
put in place which substantially covered the risk relating to 
USD, Euro, CNY and KRW. The foreign currency equivalent 
of $54.5 million remained unhedged at 30 June 2012.

Since December 2011, the FCAC cost has been decreased 
by $4.0 million reflecting close management of these 
financial costs.

FORECAST LIQUIDATED DAMAGES (LDs)

Forecast LDs are based on a formula that broadly 
approximates to $200,000 per train per month the train is not 
in service. While 78 trains are being manufactured under the 
project, only 72 trains are required to be in passenger service, 
so LDs are only payable against 72 trains.

The ‘initial recovery phase’ program had an adverse impact 
on the program schedule in the second half of FY2012. 
However, the current program takes this into account, as 
well as the increased production rate by CRC and the 
new processes implemented at Cardiff. The delay extends 
partially through the year with a corresponding increase in 
LDs of $5.0 million since December 2011.

The projected LDs of $175.0 million represent an approximate 
delay of 13 months for every train to be delivered, which is 
consistent with the entry into passenger service of the first 
train in June 2011, compared to the original contract delivery 
date of April 2010 (after allowing for the three month grace 
period). Forecast LDs assume a relaxation of the delivery 
cadence between trains which has been progressively 
demonstrated over the acceptance process between the 
third and fourth trains and again between the fifth and sixth 
trains. There is now an understanding with RailCorp and the 
Transport for NSW that supports the intent to accelerate the 
rate at which trains are accepted into service and discussions 
will continue on this going forward.

The FCAC no longer includes a specific contingency for 
additional LDs. Any program slippage against MPS11 
beyond June 2014 will be required to be funded from the 
general contingency.

MANUFACTURING DELAY ACCOUNT (MDA)

The MDA reflects the contractual arrangement between 
Downer, the RSM and Reliance Rail under which milestone 
payments are paid to Downer in accordance with the actual 
delivery schedule achieved. To the extent that monies are 
not paid to Downer due to late delivery and/or missed 
performance milestones, monies are held by Reliance Rail 
in the MDA. Monies held in the MDA are paid to Downer 
upon achievement of contract milestones. Interest, which 
accrues on the MDA, is to be paid to Downer when Train 78 
is delivered to Reliance Rail, together with the balance of 
the MDA. MDA interest receivable has been shown as a cost 
offset in the FCAC. This estimate assumes that the funds are 
invested at arm’s length interest rates available for deposits 
of this term, size and nature. At 31 December 2011, the FCAC 
position was restated to anticipate MDA interest based 
upon a combination of actual deposit rates of 4.5 per cent 
achieved by Reliance Rail and anticipated longer term 
deposits for cash balances in excess of six monthly cash 
requirements of the project at 5.2 per cent from 1 April 2012. 
At June 2012, the impact of the delays implementing an 
appropriate investment strategy and the effect of reduced 
interest rates has had a negative impact on the FCAC 
position by $3.0 million.

44  downer edI LImIted

A general contingency of $64.0 million is included in the 
FCAC to cover unforeseen events or cost variations that may 
arise over the life of the program.

The remaining contingency has been positively impacted by 
the recognition of the settlement and recovery of contract 
variation claims and disputes with Reliance Rail and RailCorp 
included within revenue on the FCAC. The FCAC discussed 
above does not rely on any recovery from claims submitted 
or other commercial actions which may be available to 
Downer from suppliers.

Sensitivity analysis indicates that if the project experiences 
incremental delays beyond September 2014 and the 
cost of that could not be abated, further provision would 
be required.

No specific allowance has been made for potential future 
legal claims against Downer in relation to this project.

RELIANCE RAIL

Reliance Rail Pty Ltd (Reliance Rail) is an unlisted, special 
purpose vehicle established to execute the New South Wales 
(NSW) Public Private Partnership (PPP) Waratah Train Project 
(WTP) Contract. Under the Project Contract with RailCorp, 
Reliance Rail is to:

 – Design and build 78 eight-car double-deck trains, which 

it has subcontracted under a Rolling Stock Manufacturing 
contract to the RSM JV (see below) (RSM Contract);

 – Construct a maintenance facility at Auburn NSW 

(the Maintenance Facility Contract), for the purpose 
of maintaining the trains over their effective life, which 
it has subcontracted to Downer; and

 – Maintain the 78 trains and make available 72 of these 

trains to RailCorp for 30 years under the Project Contract, 
which maintenance obligations Reliance Rail has 
subcontracted to Downer under a Through Life Support 
(TLS Contract).

The RSM contract has been subcontracted to an 
unincorporated joint venture between Downer EDI Rail Pty Ltd 
and Hitachi Limited (RSM Joint Venture).

The total funding raised by Reliance Rail to deliver the WTP 
is approximately $2.4 billion. The majority of this funding 
($1.9 billion) was raised via senior and junior ranking bonds 
in December 2006, plus equity contributions of $137.0 million. 
The bonds are guaranteed by two specialist financial 
guarantors, FGIC (UK) Ltd and Syncora Guarantee Inc 
(monoline insurers). These funds were placed on deposit and 
are being progressively released to meet ongoing project 
costs and expenses as milestones under the contracts are 
achieved.

The balance of the funding is a $357.0 million senior, secured 
committed bank debt facility (Bank Facility), which was 
raised in December 2006, with scheduled drawdowns 
over 18 months which commenced in February 2012. Since 
February 2012 (until September 2013), Reliance Rail has 
lodged six drawdown notices and the banks have funded 
$173.9 million of the Bank Facility. Access to the balance 
of the Bank Facility remains subject to Reliance Rail’s 
directors continuing to lodge drawdown notices over the 
next 12 months and the banks providing funding in line with 
their commitments.

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 1. SUmmARy OF ACCOUNTINg POlICIES – CONTINUED

RELIANCE RAIL – CONTINUED

The Bank Facility may be cancelled under certain 
circumstances. The facility contains a termination provision 
that the insolvency of both monoline insurers would give the 
banks a right to terminate any undrawn commitments. Since 
2009, the monoline insurers have been adversely affected by 
the global financial crisis (GFC) and the financial position of 
both monoline insurers remains uncertain, although they are 
still operating. If both monoline insurers are in default at the 
same time, or become insolvent, the undrawn component 
of the Bank Facility could be cancelled by the banking 
syndicate.

Reliance Rail’s funding arrangements are on a non-recourse 
basis to Downer and except as set out in Note 15. Downer is 
not obliged to provide further equity to Reliance Rail.

On 6 February 2012, the New South Wales Government 
announced it had agreed to invest $175.0 million in 2018 in 
Reliance Rail in return for 100 per cent of the equity, subject 
to certain conditions precedent being achieved. The 
restructure was implemented to provide greater certainty 
that Reliance Rail would be able to refinance its various 
facilities in 2018 and for the repayment of the Bank Facility; 
factors which the Directors of Reliance Rail are required to 
take into consideration when resolving to lodge Bank Facility 
drawdown notices.

As a result of the restructure of Reliance Rail, Downer has 
transferred the equity accounted Reliance Rail hedge 
reserve of $72.5 million via the income statement to retained 
earnings. This transfer, which is an Individually Significant Item 
(refer Note 4), has had no impact on cash, equity, net assets 
or underlying earnings but has negatively impacted full year 
statutory earnings.

To further enhance the refinancing of Reliance Rail in 
2018, further discussions involving Reliance Rail’s financiers 
are taking place and if successful would likely remove 
the termination right in the event of the insolvency of the 
monoline insurers.

It is the current view of Downer that Reliance Rail will continue 
as the operating entity of the WTP contract.

Management has considered the case that the WTP is 
terminated and has estimated, based on commercial 
judgement, including sub-contractors, suppliers and Reliance 
Rail, the financial consequences for Downer as:

 – A pre-tax accounting loss of between  

$450 and $500 million; and

 – A negative cash impact of between $300 and 

$320 million, which would be payable over several years as 
sub-contractor and supplier claims are resolved.

In assessing the potential financial consequences of the WTP 
being terminated, significant judgement and estimation has 
been necessary, particularly in relation to commitments that 
have been made by sub-contractors and suppliers to Downer 
under orders placed with them, and the extent to which they 
are able to mitigate their potential losses.

The key underlying assumptions used by Management in 
relation to this analysis are:

 – The RSM Contract is terminated and no further delivery of 

trains is required by RailCorp; 

 – The RSM ceases to manufacture trains and ceases testing 

and commissioning activities;

 – Approximately 40 per cent of all currently committed 
purchase orders could be mitigated by suppliers;

 – All current Work In Progress (WIP) and future payments 
to suppliers (approximately 60 per cent of current 
committed purchase orders) will be written off assuming 
no recoveries;

 – No provision has been made for redundancy costs on the 
assumption that all permanent staff will be redeployed; 

 – All foreign exchange contracts are closed out at current 

market rates;

 – All performance bonds issued to Reliance Rail are returned 

to Downer;

 – No additional contract “break costs” are incurred as key 
suppliers are assumed to take all reasonable steps to 
mitigate their losses; and

 – Other project termination costs are in accordance with 

normal business practices. 

The estimated profit and cash flow impacts on Downer of 
a termination of the WTP are such that Downer would likely 
breach a number of its debt financial covenants which, as 
is common in banking agreements, could result in Downer’s 
debt facilities becoming repayable on demand. 

In this circumstance, Downer would be required to engage 
with its key financiers to obtain a covenant breach waiver, 
which, if forthcoming, would likely be conditional upon 
Downer undertaking a number of capital management 
initiatives, including asset sales, business divestments or an 
equity capital raising.

In the event of the WTP being terminated and if the Group’s 
financiers were to require the Group’s debt facilities to be 
immediately repaid or substantially reduced, then, in the 
opinion of the Directors, significant uncertainty would exist 
regarding the ability of the Group to continue as a going 
concern and pay its debts as and when they become due.

The financial report has been prepared on the basis that 
the Group is a going concern, which assumes continuity of 
normal business activities and the realisation of assets and 
settlement of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. 
As a result of the above, no adjustments have been made 
to the financial report relating to the recoverability and 
classification of assets or liabilities. 

IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS

The Group determines whether goodwill and intangible assets 
with indefinite useful lives are impaired at least on an annual 
basis or whenever there is an indication of impairment. This 
requires an estimation of the recoverable amount of the 
cash-generating units to which the goodwill and intangible 
assets with indefinite useful lives are allocated. The Group 
uses the higher of fair value less costs to sell, and value in 
use to determine recoverable amount. An impairment loss 
of $18.0 million (2011: $16.6 million) was recognised in the 
current year in respect of goodwill related to the Downer Asia 
($9.3 million) and CPG Australia ($8.7 million) following an 
assessment of the future performance of those businesses. 
Key assumptions requiring Management’s judgement include 
projected cash flows, growth rate estimates, discount rates, 
gross margin, working capital and capital expenditure.

annuaL rePort 2012  45

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 1. SUmmARy OF ACCOUNTINg POlICIES – CONTINUED

ANNUAL LEAVE AND LONG SERVICE LEAVE

The provision is calculated using expected future increases 
in wages and salary rates including on-costs and expected 
settlement dates based on staff turnover history and is 
discounted using the rates attaching to Australian State 
Government bonds at balance date that most closely 
match the terms of maturity of the related liabilities.

RECOVERY OF DEFERRED TAX ASSETS 

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary 
differences, as Management considers that it is probable that 
future taxable profits will be available to utilise those temporary 
differences. Management judgement is required to determine 
the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based 
upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits.

INCOME TAXES

The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and 
jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Judgement is 
required in determining the worldwide provision for income 
taxes. Judgement is also required in assessing whether 
deferred tax assets and certain deferred tax liabilities are 
recognised on the statement of financial position. Assumptions 
about the generation of future taxable profits depend on 
Management’s estimate of future cash flows. Changes in 
circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact the 
amount of deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised in the 
statement of financial position and the amount of other tax 
losses and temporary differences not yet recognised.

ENVIRONMENTAL RISK AND REGULATION

Downer and the industries in which it operates are subject 
to a broad range of environmental laws, regulations and 
standards (including certain licensing requirements). This 
could expose Downer to legal liabilities or place limitations 
on the development of its operations. In addition there is a 
risk that property utilised by Downer from time to time may be 
contaminated by materials harmful to human health (such as 
asbestos and other hazardous materials). In these situations 
Downer may be required to undertake remedial works on 
contaminated sites and may be exposed to third party 
compensation claims and other environmental liabilities. 
Management judgement is therefore required to estimate 
the impact of such factors on future earnings supporting 
existing goodwill and intangible assets.

CARBON TAX

The Clean Energy Act 2001 containing a Carbon price 
mechanism commenced operations in July 2012: 

 – A fixed price of $23/tCO2e as of the start of the scheme on 
1 July 2012, increasing to $24.15/tCO2e and $25.40/tCO2e 
for 2012-13 and 2013-14, respectively;

 – From 1 July 2015, the scheme will transition to a cap and 
trade emissions trading scheme with the carbon price to 
be determined by the market; 

 – Organisations with operational control over facilities 

that generate greater than 25 ktCO2e will be required to 
purchase permits to cover emissions from these “threshold” 
facilities; and

 – The scheme covers emissions generated from stationary 
energy, industrial processes, fugitive emissions (other 
than from decommissioned coal mines), emissions from 
non-legacy waste, transport fuels used only for domestic 
aviation, domestic shipping, rail transport and off-road 
transport of liquid and gaseous fuels.

46  downer edI LImIted

Potential impacts from the carbon pricing mechanism on the 
Group will include operating costs both direct and indirect 
from increased commodity costs (for example, electricity and 
natural gas). The level of increase is still uncertain, but some 
initial modelling suggests that increases in electricity and gas 
costs are unlikely to be material.

Management is currently assessing the potential financial 
impact of the pass-through costs from the impost of a 
price on carbon from suppliers and third parties within the 
Group supply chain. As part of this assessment contractual 
agreements have been and will continue to be reviewed to 
determine the extent of this pass-through and consideration 
has been given to the treatment of the carbon price in new 
agreements negotiated in the future.

sIGnIfIcant accountInG PoLIcIes

Accounting policies are selected and applied in a manner 
that ensures that the resulting financial information satisfies 
the concepts of relevance and reliability, thereby ensuring 
that the substance of the underlying transactions or other 
events is reported.

The accounting policies set out below have been consistently 
applied in preparing the Financial Report for the year 
ended 30 June 2012, as well as the comparative information 
presented in these financial statements.

PrIncIPLes of consoLIdatIon

The Financial Report is prepared by combining the financial 
statements of all the entities that comprise the consolidated 
entity, being the Company (the parent entity) and its 
subsidiaries as defined in Accounting Standard AASB 127 
Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements. Consistent 
accounting policies are employed in the preparation and 
presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

On acquisition, the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities 
of a subsidiary are measured at fair value at the date of 
acquisition. Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair 
value of the identifiable net assets acquired is recognised 
as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the Group’s 
share of the fair value of the identifiable net assets of the 
subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised directly in 
the income statement, but only after a reassessment of the 
identification and measurement of the net assets acquired.

The Financial Report includes the information and results 
of each subsidiary from the date on which the Company 
obtains control and until such time as the Company ceases to 
control such entity.

In preparing the Financial Report, all intercompany balances 
and transactions, and unrealised profits arising within the 
consolidated entity, are eliminated in full.

Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of 
subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes 
in equity and the statement of financial position respectively. 
The Group applies a policy of treating transactions with 
minority interest as transactions with parties external to the 
Group. Disposals to minority interests result in gains and 
losses for the Group that are recorded in the statement 
of comprehensive income.

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 1. SUmmARy OF ACCOUNTINg POlICIES – CONTINUED

revenue recoGnItIon

Amounts disclosed as revenue are net of trade allowances, 
duties and taxes paid. Revenue is recognised and measured 
at fair value of the consideration received or receivable to 
the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will 
flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably measured. 
The following specific recognition criteria must be met before 
revenue is recognised:

RENDERING OF SERVICES

Revenue from a contract to provide services is recognised 
by reference to the stage of completion of the contract. 
This is normally determined as services performed up to 
and including the balance sheet date as a proportion of 
the total to be performed. Revenue from time and material 
contracts is recognised at the contractual rates as labour 
hours are delivered and direct expenses are incurred. 
Services rendered include international mine consulting 
and contracting services, maintenance and construction 
of roads, highways and rail infrastructure, infrastructure 
maintenance services, engineering and consultancy 
services and facilities management. 

Services contracts are reported in trade receivables and 
trade payables, as gross amounts due from/to customers. 
If cumulative work done to date (contract costs plus 
contract net profit) of contracts in progress exceeds progress 
payments received, the difference is recognised as an asset 
and included in amounts due from customers for contract 
work. If the net amount after deduction of progress payments 
received is negative, the difference is recognised as a liability 
and included in amounts due to customers for contract work.

MINING SERVICES CONTRACTS

Revenue from a contract to provide mining services is 
recognised by reference to the stage of completion of 
the contract. The stage of completion of the contract is 
determined by reference to the services performed up to and 
including the balance sheet date as a proportion of the total 
service to be performed.

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS 

(i) Construction contracts 
Construction contracts are contracts specifically negotiated 
for the construction of an asset or combination of assets. 

Revenues and expenses from construction contracts 
are recognised in net profit by reference to the stage of 
completion of the contract as at the reporting date. The 
stage of completion is determined by reference to physical 
estimates, surveys of the work performed or a cost incurred, 
and is usually measured as the ratio of contract costs incurred 
for work performed to date against total contract costs. 
Any expected loss is recognised as an expense immediately.

Contract revenue is measured at the fair value of the 
consideration received or receivable. In the early stages of 
a contract, contract revenue is recognised only to the extent 
of costs incurred that are expected to be recoverable. That 
is, no margin is recognised until the outcome of the contract 
can be reliably estimated. Profit recognition for lump sum 
fixed price contracts does not commence until cost to 
complete can be reliably measured.

Contract price and cost estimates are reviewed periodically 
as the work progresses and reflect adjustments proportionate 
to the percentage of completion in the income statement 
in the period when those estimates are revised. Where 
considered material, provisions are made for all known 
or anticipated losses. Variations from estimated contract 
performance could result in a material adjustment to 
operating results for any financial period. Claims are 
included for extra work or changes in scope of work to 
the extent of costs incurred in contract revenues when 
collection is probable.

Where claims on customers result in a dispute and the 
amount in dispute is significant, and it is expected that the 
matters in dispute will not be resolved within 12 months from 
the Company’s reporting date; the provision will be based 
on the Company’s assessment of the risk associated with 
construction contracts at the reporting date.

Construction contracts are reported in trade receivables and 
trade payables, as gross amounts due from/to customers. 
If cumulative work done to date (contract costs plus 
contract net profit) of contracts in progress exceeds progress 
payments received, the difference is recognised as an asset 
and included in amounts due from customers for contract 
work. If the net amount after deduction of progress payments 
received is negative, the difference is recognised as a liability 
and included in amounts due to customers for contract work.

(ii) Construction contract – WTP
Revenue and expenses from the Public Private Partnership 
construction contract are recognised in net profit by 
reference to the stage of completion of each separately 
identifiable component of the contract for the design 
and manufacture of rolling stock and construction of 
a maintenance facility, to the extent of costs incurred 
plus margin. Margin is recognised based on the relative 
risk assessment of each component and costs incurred 
to achieve operational milestones. Any expected loss is 
recognised as an expense immediately. The rolling stock 
manufacturing contract comprises detailed engineering 
design, prototype development and full scale manufacture. 
These identifiable separate components have been 
determined based on:

 – each component being subject to separate customer 

acceptance procedures; and 

 – the costs and revenues of each component having 

been identified.

SALE OF GOODS

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when 
the consolidated entity has transferred to the buyer the 
significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods.

OTHER REVENUE

Other revenue is recognised and measured at fair value of 
the consideration received or, for revenue that is receivable, 
to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits 
will flow to the Group and it can be reliably measured.

(i) Royalties
Royalty revenue is recognised on an accrual basis in 
accordance with the substance of the relevant agreement.

annuaL rePort 2012  47

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 1. SUmmARy OF ACCOUNTINg POlICIES – CONTINUED

OTHER REVENUE – CONTINUED

(ii) Dividend and interest revenue
Dividend revenue is recognised on a receivable basis. Interest 
revenue is recognised on a time proportionate basis that 
takes into account the effective yield on the financial asset.

(iii) Fee-based revenue
Fee-based revenue generated by Corporate office is 
recognised on an accrual basis as derived. 

Income tax

CURRENT TAX

Current tax is calculated by reference to the amount 
of income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the 
taxable profit or tax loss for the period. It is calculated 
using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted 
or substantively enacted by the reporting date. Current 
tax for current and prior periods is recognised as a liability 
(or asset) to the extent that it is unpaid (or refundable).

(iv) Gain or Loss on Non-current Asset Disposal
The gain or loss on disposal of non-current assets is included 
as other income or expense at the date control passes to 
the buyer, usually when an unconditional contract of sale 
is signed. The gain or loss on disposal is calculated as the 
difference between the carrying amount of the asset at the 
time of disposal and the net proceeds on disposal.

DEFERRED TAX

Deferred tax is accounted for using the comprehensive 
balance sheet liability method in respect of temporary 
differences arising from differences between the carrying 
amount of assets and liabilities in the financial statements 
and the corresponding tax base of those items.

fInance and BorrowInG costs

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, 
impairment losses recognised on financial assets, losses on 
ineffective hedging instruments that are recognised in profit 
and loss and finance lease charges.

Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of a qualifying 
asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required 
to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use or 
sale. Other borrowing costs, including the cost to establish 
financing facilities, are expensed over the term of the facility.

Goods and servIces tax

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the 
amount of goods and services tax (GST) except:

 – where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from 
the taxation authorities, it is recognised as part of the cost 
of acquisition of an asset or as part of an item of expense; 
or

 – for receivables and payables which are recognised 

inclusive of GST.

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, 
the taxation authorities, is included as part of receivables 
or payables.

Cash flows are included in the statement of cash flow on 
a gross basis. The GST component of cash flows arising 
from investing and financing activities that is recoverable 
from, or payable to, the taxation authorities, is classified 
as operating cash flows.

In principle, deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all 
taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are 
recognised to the extent that it is probable that sufficient 
taxable amounts will be available against which deductible 
temporary differences or unused tax losses and tax offsets 
can be utilised. However, deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are not recognised if the temporary differences arise from 
the initial recognition of assets and liabilities (other than as 
a result of a business combination) which affects neither 
taxable income nor accounting profit. Furthermore, a 
deferred tax liability is not recognised in relation to taxable 
temporary differences arising from goodwill. 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary 
differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, associates 
and joint ventures, except when the consolidated entity is 
able to control the reversal of the temporary differences 
and it is probable that the temporary differences will not 
reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising 
from deductible temporary differences associated with 
these investments and interests are only recognised to the 
extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable 
profits against which to utilise the benefits of the temporary 
differences and they are expected to reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax 
rates that are expected to apply to the period(s) when 
the asset and liability giving rise to them are realised or 
settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date. 
The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflect 
the tax consequences that would follow from the manner 
in which the consolidated entity expects, at the reporting 
date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets 
and liabilities. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate 
to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and 
the company/consolidated entity intends to settle its current 
tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. 

48  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 1. SUmmARy OF ACCOUNTINg POlICIES – CONTINUED

CURRENT AND DEFERRED TAX FOR THE YEAR

INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES

Current and deferred tax is recognised as an expense or 
income in the income statement, except when it relates to 
items credited or debited directly to other comprehensive 
income, in which case the deferred tax is also recognised 
directly in equity, or when it arises from the initial accounting 
for a business combination, in which case it is taken into 
account in the determination of goodwill or the excess.

TAX CONSOLIDATION 

Downer EDI Limited and its wholly-owned Australian 
controlled entities are part of a tax-consolidated group 
under Australian taxation law. Downer EDI Limited is the 
head entity in the tax-consolidated group. Entities within 
the tax-consolidated group have entered into a tax funding 
arrangement and a tax sharing agreement with the head 
entity. Under the terms of the tax funding arrangement, 
Downer EDI Limited and each of the entities in the tax-
consolidated group have agreed to pay (or receive) a tax 
equivalent payment to (or from) the head entity, based on 
the current tax liability or current tax asset of the entity.

cash and cash equIvaLents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, cash 
in banks and investments in money market instruments, net 
of outstanding bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown 
within borrowings in current liabilities in the statement of 
financial position.

Investments in entities over which the consolidated entity has 
the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, 
are accounted for using equity-accounting principles and 
are carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the 
consolidated entity’s share of net assets of associates, less 
any impairment in value.

Losses of an associate in excess of the Group’s interest in 
an associate are recognised only to the extent that the 
Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or 
made payments on behalf of the associate. If the associate 
subsequently reports profits, the consolidated entity resumes 
recognising its share of those profits only after its share of the 
profits equals the share of losses not recognised.

AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS

Available-for-sale financial assets are stated at fair value less 
impairment. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value 
are recognised directly in the available-for-sale revaluation 
reserve, until the investment is disposed of or is determined 
to be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss 
previously recognised in the available-for-sale revaluation 
reserve is included in the profit or loss for the year.

LOANS AND RECEIVABLES

Loans and other receivables are recorded at amortised cost 
using the effective interest rate method, less impairment.

receIvaBLes

FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT AND LOSS INVESTMENTS

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value 
and subsequently, less provision for doubtful debts. Trade 
receivables are normally due for settlement no more than 
30 days from the date of recognition.

Fair value through profit and loss investments are valued 
at fair value at each reporting date based on the current 
bid price. Movements in fair value are taken to the income 
statement.

Prepayments represent the future economic benefits 
receivable in respect of economic sacrifices made in 
the current or prior reporting period.

InventorIes

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value. Costs, including an appropriate portion of fixed and 
variable overhead expenses, are assigned to inventories on 
hand by the method most appropriate to each particular 
class of inventories, with the majority being valued on a first 
in first out basis. Net realisable value represents the estimated 
selling price less all estimated costs of completion and costs 
to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

fInancIaL assets

Investments are recognised and derecognised on trade date 
where purchase or sale of an investment is under a contract 
whose terms require delivery of the investment within the time 
frame established by the market concerned, and are initially 
measured at fair value, net of transaction costs.

non-current assets heLd for saLe

Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held for 
sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair 
value less cost to sell. Non-current assets and disposal groups 
are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be 
recovered through a sale transaction rather than through 
continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when 
the sale is highly probable and the asset (or disposal group) 
is available for immediate sale in its present condition and 
the sale of the asset (or disposal group) is expected to be 
completed within one year from the date of classification. 

JoInt ventures 

JOINTLY CONTROLLED ASSETS AND OPERATIONS

Interests in jointly controlled assets and operations are 
reported in the financial statements by including the 
consolidated entity’s share of assets employed in the joint 
ventures, the share of liabilities incurred in relation to the joint 
ventures and the share of any expenses incurred in relation to 
the joint ventures in their respective classification categories.

Subsequent to initial recognition, investments in subsidiaries 
are measured at cost in the parent entity financial statements.

JOINTLY CONTROLLED ENTITIES

Interests in jointly controlled entities are accounted for under 
the equity method in the consolidated financial statements.

annuaL rePort 2012  49

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 1. SUmmARy OF ACCOUNTINg POlICIES – CONTINUED

ProPerty, PLant and equIPment 

OPERATING LEASES

Land is measured at cost. Buildings, plant and equipment, 
leasehold improvements and equipment under finance 
lease are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation 
and impairment. Cost includes expenditure that is directly 
attributable to the acquisition and installation of the item. 
In the event that settlement of all or part of the purchase 
consideration is deferred, cost is determined by discounting 
the amounts payable in the future to their present value as 
at the date of acquisition.

The cost of self-constructed and acquired assets includes 
the initial estimate, at the time of installation, of the costs of 
dismantling and removing the item and restoring the site on 
which it is located. Where parts of an item of property, plant 
and equipment have different useful lives, where material, 
they are accounted for as separate items of property, plant 
and equipment.

Depreciation is provided on property, plant and equipment, 
including freehold buildings, but excluding land. 
Depreciation is calculated on a basis to recognise the net 
cost of each asset over its expected useful life to its estimated 
residual value. The basis of depreciation is determined after 
assessing the nature of the productive capacity of the 
asset and may include straight line, diminishing value and 
units of production (including hours of use) methodologies. 
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the period 
of the lease or estimated useful life, whichever is the shorter, 
using the straight line method. The estimated useful lives, 
residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at 
the end of each annual reporting period.

The expected useful lives of property, plant and equipment 
are generally:

 – Buildings 

 – Plant and equipment 

 – Equipment under finance lease 

20 – 30 years

3 – 25 years

5 – 15 years

The cost of improvements to or on leasehold properties is 
amortised over the shorter of the unexpired period of the 
lease, the expected period of lease renewal or the estimated 
useful life of the improvements to the consolidated entity.

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense 
on a straight line basis over the lease term, except where 
another systematic basis is more representative of the time 
pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets 
are consumed.

IntanGIBLe assets

GOODWILL

Goodwill, representing the excess of the cost of acquisition 
over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities acquired, is recognised as an asset 
and not amortised. All potential intangible assets acquired 
in a business combination are identified and recognised 
separately from goodwill where they satisfy the definition 
of an intangible asset and their fair value can be 
measured reliably.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Purchased patents, trademarks and licences are recorded 
at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. 
Amortisation is charged on a straight line basis over their 
estimated useful lives having considered contractual terms, 
which are not greater than 40 years. The estimated useful life 
and amortisation method are reviewed at the end of each 
annual reporting period.

SOFTWARE

Software acquired by the Group is stated at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Internally 
developed software is capitalised once the project is 
assessed to be feasible. Costs incurred in determining project 
feasibility are expensed as incurred. The costs capitalised 
include consulting, licensing and direct labour costs.

AMORTISATION

Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a 
straight line basis over the useful lives of intangible assets, 
unless such life is indefinite. Software and other intangible 
assets are amortised from the date they are available for use. 
The estimated useful lives are generally:

Leases 

 – Software 5 – 6 years;

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms 
of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards 
of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as 
operating leases. 

Assets held under finance leases are initially recognised at 
their fair value or, if lower, at an amount equal to the present 
value of the minimum lease payments, each determined at 
the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the 
lessor is included in the statement of financial position as a 
finance lease obligation.

FINANCE LEASES

Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges 
and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a 
constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the 
liability. Finance charges are charged directly against 
income. Finance leased assets are depreciated on a straight 
line basis over the lesser of the estimated useful life of each 
asset or the lease term.

 – Intangible assets (other than indefinite useful life intangible 

assets) 20 years; and

 – Goodwill has indefinite useful life.

ImPaIrment of assets

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful 
life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually 
for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Other 
assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised 
for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount 
exceeds its recoverable amount. For the purpose of assessing 
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which 
there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are 
largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or 
groups of assets (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets 
other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for 
possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.

50  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 1. SUmmARy OF ACCOUNTINg POlICIES – CONTINUED

PayaBLes

EMBEDDED DERIVATIVES

Trade payables and other accounts payable are recognised 
when the consolidated entity becomes obliged to make 
future payments resulting from the purchase of goods 
and services.

Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or other 
host contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their 
risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of 
host contracts. This only occurs when the host contracts are 
not measured at fair value through profit and loss.

BorrowInGs

Borrowings are recorded initially at fair value, net of 
transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, 
borrowings are measured at amortised cost with any 
difference between the initial recognised amount and 
the redemption value being recognised in profit or loss 
over the period of the borrowing using the effective 
interest rate method.

derIvatIve fInancIaL Instruments

The consolidated entity enters into a variety of derivative 
financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest 
rate and foreign exchange rate risk, including forward 
foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swaps and cross 
currency swaps.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date 
a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured to their fair value at each reporting date. 
The resulting gain or loss is recognised in the profit or loss 
immediately unless the derivative is designated and 
effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the 
timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the 
nature of the hedge relationship. The consolidated entity 
designates certain derivatives as either hedges of the fair 
value of recognised assets or liabilities, or firm commitments 
(fair value hedges) or hedges of highly probable forecast 
transactions (cash flow hedges).

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedge 
instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no 
longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any cumulative gain 
or loss deferred in equity at that time remains in equity and 
is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately 
recognised in the income statement. When a forecast 
transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative 
gain or loss that was deferred in equity is recognised 
immediately in the income statement.

FAIR VALUE HEDGES

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated 
and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the profit or 
loss immediately, together with any changes in the fair value 
of the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the 
hedged risk.

CASH FLOW HEDGES

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of 
derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow 
hedges is deferred in equity. The gain or loss relating to the 
ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the profit or 
loss. Amounts deferred in equity are included in the profit or 
loss in the same periods the hedged item is recognised in the 
profit or loss. However, when the forecast transaction that is 
hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a 
non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred 
in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial 
measurement of the cost of the asset or liability.

emPLoyee BenefIts

Liabilities are incurred for benefits accruing to employees in 
respect of wages and salaries, annual leave, long service 
leave, redundancy and sick leave when it is probable that 
settlement will be required and they are capable of being 
measured reliably. Liabilities incurred in respect of employee 
benefits expected to be settled within 12 months, are 
measured at their nominal values using the remuneration 
rate expected to apply at the time of settlement. Liabilities 
incurred in respect of employee benefits that are not 
expected to be settled within 12 months are measured at 
the present value of the estimated future cash outflows to 
be paid by the consolidated entity in respect of services 
provided by employees up to reporting date. Contributions 
to defined contribution superannuation plans are expensed 
when incurred.

BONUS PLANS

A liability for employee benefits in the form of bonus plans 
is recognised in current provisions when there is no realistic 
alternative but to settle the liability and at least one of the 
following conditions is met:

 – there are formal terms in the plan for determining 

the amount of the benefit;

 – the amounts to be paid are determined before the 

time of completion of the financial report; and

 – past practice gives clear evidence of the amount 

of the obligation.

Liabilities for bonus plans are expected to be settled within 
12 months and are measured at the amounts expected to 
be paid when they are settled.

ProvIsIons

Provisions are recognised when the consolidated entity 
has a present obligation, the future sacrifice of economic 
benefits is probable, and the amount of the provision can 
be measured reliably.

DECOMMISSIONING AND RESTORATION

Provision is made for close down, restoration and 
environmental rehabilitation costs (which include the 
dismantling and demolition of infrastructure, removal of 
residual materials and remediation of disturbed areas) in 
the accounting period when the related environmental 
disturbance occurs, based on estimated future costs. 
The provision is discounted using a current market based 
pre-tax discount rate.

The provision is the best estimate of the present value of the 
expenditure required to settle rectification obligations at the 
reporting date, based on current legal requirements and 
technology. Future rectification costs are reviewed annually 
and any changes are reflected in the present value of the 
rectification provision at the end of the reporting period.

annuaL rePort 2012  51

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 1. SUmmARy OF ACCOUNTINg POlICIES – CONTINUED

WARRANTY

Provision is made for the estimated liability on products under 
warranty at balance date. This provision is estimated having 
regard to service warranty experience. Other warranty costs 
are accrued as and when the liability arises.

ONEROUS CONTRACT

A provision for an onerous contract is recognised when the 
expected benefits to be derived from a contract are less 
than the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under 
that contract, and only after impairment losses to assets 
dedicated to that contract have been recognised.

The provision recognised is based on the excess of the 
estimated cash flows to meet the unavoidable costs under 
the contract over the estimated cash flows to be received 
in relation to the contract, having regard to the risks of 
the activities relating to the contract. The net estimated 
cash flows are discounted using market yields at balance 
date of national government guaranteed bonds with 
terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as 
possible, the expected future payment where the effect 
of discounting is material.

foreIGn currency

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS

All foreign currency transactions during the financial year are 
brought to account using the exchange rate in effect at the 
date of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary items at 
reporting date are translated at the exchange rate existing 
at reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities carried 
at fair value that are denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated at the rates prevailing at the date when the fair 
value was determined.

Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the 
settlement of foreign currency transactions and from the 
translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated 
in foreign currencies at reporting date exchange rates are 
recognised in the income statement, except when deferred 
in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges.

FOREIGN OPERATIONS

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the consolidated 
entity’s overseas operations are translated at exchange 
rates prevailing at the reporting date. Income and expense 
items are translated at the average exchange rates for 
the period unless exchange rates fluctuate significantly. 
Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in the 
foreign currency translation reserve and recognised in the 
income statement on disposal of the foreign operation.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition 
of a foreign entity on or after the date of transition to A-IFRS 
are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and 
translated at exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date.

fInancIaL Instruments

DEBT AND EQUITY INSTRUMENTS

Debt and equity instruments are classified as either liabilities 
or as equity in accordance with the substance of the 
contractual arrangement.

TRANSACTION COSTS ON THE ISSUE 
OF EQUITY INSTRUMENTS

Transaction costs arising on the issue of equity instruments 
are recognised directly in equity as a reduction of the 
proceeds of the equity instruments to which the costs relate. 
Transaction costs are the costs that are incurred directly in 
connection with the issue of those equity instruments and 
which would not have been incurred had those instruments 
not been issued.

INTEREST AND DIVIDENDS

Interest and dividends are classified as expenses or as 
distributions of profit consistent with the statement of 
financial position classification of the related debt or equity 
instruments.

dIvIdends

Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, 
being appropriately authorised and no longer at the 
discretion of the entity, before or at the end of the financial 
year but not distributed at balance date.

share-Based transactIons

Equity-settled share-based transactions are measured at 
fair value at the date of grant.

The Group makes share-based awards to certain employees. 
The fair value is determined at the date of grant, taking 
into account any market related performance conditions. 
For equity-settled awards, the fair value is charged to the 
income statement and credited to equity.

The fair value at grant date is independently determined 
using an option pricing model that takes into account 
the exercise price, the term of the option, the vesting 
and performance criteria, the impact of dilution, the 
non-tradable nature of the option, the share price at 
grant date and expected price volatility of the underlying 
share, the expected dividend yield and the risk-free interest 
rate of the term of the option.

The fair value of any options granted excludes the impact 
of any non-market vesting conditions (e.g. profitability and 
sales growth targets). Non-market vesting conditions are 
included in assumptions about the number of options that 
are expected to vest. At each balance sheet date, the 
entity revises its estimates of the number of options that 
are expected to vest having regard to historical forfeitures. 
The employee benefits expense recognised in each year 
takes into account the most recent estimate. 

52  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 1. SUmmARy OF ACCOUNTINg POlICIES – CONTINUED

share caPItaL

ORDINARY SHARES

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental 
costs directly attributed to the issue of ordinary shares 
are accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of 
any tax effects.

TREASURY SHARES

When treasury shares subsequently vest to employees 
under the Downer employee share plans, the carrying 
value of the vested shares is transferred to the employee 
equity benefits reserve.

accountInG for fInancIaL Guarantee contracts

Financial guarantee contracts are measured initially at their 
fair values and subsequently measured at the higher of the 
amount recognised as a provision and the amount initially 
recognised less cumulative amortisation in accordance with 
the revenue recognition policies.

earnInGs Per share (ePs)

Basic EPS is calculated as net profit attributable to members 
of the parent entity, adjusted for the cost of servicing equity 
(other than ordinary shares), divided by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares.

Diluted EPS is calculated as net profit attributable to members 
of the parent entity divided by the total of the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares on issue during the year 
and the number of dilutive potential ordinary shares.

Potential ordinary shares are anti-dilutive when their 
conversion to ordinary shares would increase earnings per 
share or decrease loss per share from continuing operations. 
The calculation of diluted earnings per share does not 
assume conversion, exercise, or other issue of potential 
ordinary shares that would have an anti-dilutive effect on 
earnings per share.

oPeratInG seGments

An operating segment is a component of an entity that 
engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue 
and incur expenses, whose operating results are regularly 
reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker 
to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the 
segment and assess its performance.

new accountInG standards and InterPretatIons

The Group has adopted all of the new and revised Standards 
and Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting 
Standards Board (AASB) that are relevant to its operations 
and effective for the current reporting period. 

New and revised Standards and amendments thereof and 
Interpretations effective for the current reporting period that 
are relevant to the Group include:

 – AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures (2009), AASB 2009-12 

Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards effective 
for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2011;

 – AASB 2009-14 Amendments to Australian Interpretation 
– Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement 
effective for annual reporting periods beginning on 
or after 1 January 2011; and

 – AASB 2010-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards effective for annual reporting periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2011.

The adoption of these amendments and interpretations did 
not have any impact on the financial position or performance 
of the Group.

The following standards, amendments to standards and 
interpretations have been identified as those which may 
impact the entity in the period of initial application. They have 
not been applied in preparing this Financial Report. The Group 
has not yet determined the potential effect of these standards 
on the Group’s future Financial Reports.

 – AASB 2009-11 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards arising from AASB 9 effective on a modified 
retrospective basis to annual periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2013;

 – AASB 9 Financial Instruments, AASB 2010-7 Amendments 
to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9 
(December 2010) effective on a modified retrospective 
basis to annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 
2015;

 – AASB 2010-8 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards – Deferred Tax: Recovery of Underlying 
Assets effective for annual periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2012;

 – AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements effective 

1 January 2013;

 – AASB 11 Joint Arrangements effective 1 January 2013;

 – AASB 12 Disclosure of Interest in Other Entities effective 

1 January 2013; 

 – AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement and related AASB 2011-8 
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising 
from AASB 13 effective for annual reporting periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2013; 

 – AASB 119 Employee Benefits effective 1 January 2013;

 – AASB 127 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements 
effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2013; 

 – AASB 128 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures 

effective 1 January 2013;

 – AASB 2011-4 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards to remove individual key management personnel 
disclosure requirements effective 1 January 2013;

 – AASB 2011-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards arising from the Consolidation and Joint 
Arrangements effective for annual periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2013; and

 – AASB 2011-9 Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards – Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive 
Income effective 1 July 2012.

annuaL rePort 2012  53

accountInG PoLIcIes and Inter-seGment 
transactIons

The accounting policies used by the Group in reporting 
segments internally are the same as the Group accounting 
policies contained in Note 1.

Inter-entity sales are recorded at amounts equal to 
competitive market prices charged to external customers 
for similar goods. 

The following items and the associated assets and liabilities 
are not allocated to operating segments as they are not 
considered part of the core operations of any segment:

CURRENT YEAR

(a) 

 In the current year, the Group recognised $72.5 million 
pre-tax derecognition of hedge reserve relating to 
Reliance Rail, $33.6 million pre-tax profit on CPG Asia 
disposal, $18.0 million pre-tax impairment of goodwill, 
$20.0 million pre-tax provision referrable to Singapore 
Tunnel dispute and $5.3 million pre-tax provision 
referrable to Stephen Gillies’ litigation that are not 
included in the measure of segment profit and loss. The 
details of the provision charge and impairment of assets 
are separately disclosed as “Individually significant 
items” in the consolidated income statement and as 
discussed in Note 4;

(b) 

Interest income and finance cost;

(c)  

 Corporate charges comprise non-segmental expenses 
such as head office expenses; and

(d) 

Income tax expense.

PRIOR YEAR

(a) 

 In the prior year, the Group recognised $250.0 million 
pre-tax provision on the Waratah Train Project. 
This provision together with a $16.6 million pre-tax 
impairment of assets charge is not included in the 
measure of segment profit and loss. The details of 
the provision charge and impairment of assets are 
separately disclosed as “Individually significant 
items” in the consolidated income statement and as 
discussed in Note 4. 

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 2. SEgmENT INFORmATION 

IdentIfIcatIon of rePortaBLe seGments

The Group has identified its operating segments based on 
the internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Board 
of Directors in assessing performance and in determining the 
allocation of resources.

The operating segments are identified by Management 
based on the nature of the services provided. Discrete 
financial information about each of these operating 
businesses is reported to the Board of Directors on a 
recurring basis.

The reportable segments are based on a combination of 
operating segments determined by the similarity of the 
services provided, as these are the sources of the Group’s 
major risks and have the greatest effect on the rates of return. 
The operating segments identified within the Group are 
outlined below.

Downer Australia: Downer Australia is the combination 
of several cash-generating units, generally across 
geographical groupings. Downer Australia provides a full 
suite of engineering, construction and project management 
services in the public and private infrastructure industries. 
The industries in which Downer Australia are involved 
include construction, road and rail infrastructure, power 
systems including transmission lines and renewable 
energy, asphalt, mining and materials handling, minerals 
processing, communication networks and water treatment 
and management.

Mining: Provides contract mining services including 
open-cut and underground operations, whole-of-lifecycle 
mine planning, tyre management, explosives and 
exploration, drilling, blasting and dust suppression 
services and technology.

Rail: Provides design, build, fit-out and maintenance of 
passenger rolling stock and provides design, build and 
maintenance of freight rolling stock including locomotives 
and rail wagons as well as importing and commissioning of 
completed locomotives units for use in the resources sector.

Downer New Zealand: Provides essential services for the 
construction, development, management and maintenance 
of road and rail assets in the public and private sectors. 
Providing utility services such as groundworks for power, 
open space and facilities management, infrastructure 
management including airport runways and wharves, 
gas and telecommunications, and construction and 
maintenance of water supply and wastewater treatment. 

Consulting: Provides project management and other 
engineering services throughout Australia and New Zealand.

54  downer edI LImIted

 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 2. SEgmENT INFORmATION – CONTINUED

InformatIon aBout maJor customers

Included in the Group’s revenues are sales arising from the Group’s largest customer. These are related to the following revenue 
categories:

Rendering of services

Mining services

2012 
$’000 

 45,168 

 780,743 

 825,911 

The above customer did not contribute 10 per cent or more to the Group’s revenue in the prior year and no other single 
customer contributed 10 per cent or more to the Group’s revenue for the years ended 30 June 2012 or 30 June 2011.

Total revenue(i)

Share of sales revenue in 
joint venture entities and 
associates

Total revenue including 
joint ventures and 
associates

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

3,485,517 

3,167,187 

2,388,680 

1,391,666 

177,541 

72,411 

56,807 

3,663,058 

3,223,994 

74,154 

2,461,091 

1,465,820 

1,088,676

913,124 

53,505 

(9,414)

944,328 

873,877 

57,392 

(9,885)

195,718 

181,989 

1,284,394

1,126,317 

6,503 

5,304 

919,627 

879,181 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

53,505 

(9,414)

57,392 

(9,885)

7,920,088

6,424,565 

452,173 

318,254 

8,372,261

6,742,819 

378

17,646 

 – 

 – 

378

17,646 

Continuing operations 
by business segment

Downer Australia

Mining

Rail

Downer New Zealand

Consulting

Inter-segment sales

Subtotal

Unallocated 

Total – continuing operations

7,920,466 

6,442,211 

452,173 

318,254 

8,372,639 

6,760,465 

Discontinued operations

CPG Asia

150,867 

199,636 

1,063 

823 

151,930 

200,459 

Total – including discontinued 
operations

8,071,333 

6,641,847 

453,236 

319,077 

8,524,569 

6,960,924 

(i)   total revenue includes other income and inter-segment sales, recorded at amounts equal to competitive market prices charged to external 

customers for similar goods. 

annuaL rePort 2012  55

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 2. SEgmENT INFORmATION – CONTINUED

Continuing operations 
by business segment

Downer Australia

Mining

Rail

Downer New Zealand

Consulting

Total reported segment result

Unallocated:

Provision for Waratah Train Project

Other

Total unallocated

Interest revenue

Interest expense

Net interest expense

Profit/(loss) before income tax from continuing operations

Income tax (expense)/benefit

Net profit/(loss) after tax from continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Reported result – CPG Asia

Net interest expense

Profit before income tax from discontinued operations

Income tax benefit/(expense)

Net profit after tax from discontinued operations

Total net profit/(loss) after tax

Segment results 

2012 
$’000

2011
$’000 

Note

150,704 

173,505 

76,377 

29,620 

(7,395)

109,063 

119,578 

75,034 

11,019 

(15,915)

422,811 

298,779 

 – 

(250,000)

(161,609)

(161,609)

10,746 

(82,257)

(71,511)

189,691 

(82,176)

107,515 

3,002 

(20)

2,982 

2,398 

5,380 

112,895 

(45,131)

(295,131)

14,107 

(78,405)

(64,298)

(60,650)

14,368 

(46,282)

22,015 

(11)

22,004 

(3,422)

18,582 

(27,700)

3(c)

3(c)

5

27

27

27

56  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 2. SEgmENT INFORmATION – CONTINUED

Reconciliation of segment net operating profit from continuing operations 
to net profit/(loss) after tax from continuing operations:

Segment net operating profit from continuing operations

422,811

298,779 

Segment results 

2012 
$’000

2011
$’000 

Note

Unallocated:

Individually significant items:

Derecognition of hedge reserve relating to Reliance Rail

CPG Asia net profit on disposal

Impairment of goodwill

Provision referrable to Singapore Tunnel dispute

Provision referrable to Stephen Gillies’ litigation

Provision for Waratah Train Project 

Impairment of assets

Total individually significant items

Gain on property sales

(Provision)/Settlement for customer contracts

Restructuring costs

Corporate costs

Total unallocated 

Earnings before interest and tax

Interest income

Interest expense

Total profit/(loss) before income tax from continuing operations

Income tax (expense)/benefit

Total net profit/(loss) after tax from continuing operations

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

3(c)

3(c)

5

(72,540)

33,585 

(18,000)

(20,000)

(5,324)

–

–

(9,770)

–

–

–

–

(250,000)

(6,803)

(82,279)

(266,573)

–

(6,086)

(2,229)

(71,015)

(161,609)

4,050 

13,166 

(6,894)

(38,880)

(295,131)

261,202

3,648 

10,746 

(82,257)

189,691 

(82,176)

107,515 

14,107 

(78,405)

(60,650)

14,368 

(46,282)

annuaL rePort 2012  57

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 2. SEgmENT INFORmATION – CONTINUED

By business segment

Downer Australia

Mining

Rail

Downer New Zealand

Consulting

Total

Unallocated

Total

Continuing operations 
by business segment

Downer Australia

Mining

Rail

Downer New Zealand

Consulting

Total

Unallocated

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Carrying value of equity-
accounted investments

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

1,345,969 

1,297,792 

1,365,969

1,013,383 

932,556 

324,030

28,220 

786,784 

345,740 

181,982 

673,337 

588,724

572,449 

427,753 

467,782 

404,309 

261,820

10,616 

261,103 

44,357 

14,862 

10,254 

33,398 

2,379 

–

3,996,744

3,625,681 

2,002,279

1,709,971 

60,893 

114,598

84,985 

491,363

558,310 

 – 

10,665 

11 

20,649 

2,094 

3,935 

37,354 

 – 

4,111,342 

3,710,666 

2,493,642 

2,268,281 

60,893 

37,354 

Share of net profit of  
equity-accounted 
investments

Depreciation and 
amortisation

Acquisition of 
segment assets

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

16,039 

16,389 

12,804 

621 

–

7,290 

9,948 

8,337 

536 

–

44,871 

48,094 

49,996 

61,630 

165,460 

123,239 

314,653 

410,726 

7,598 

21,930 

1,945 

5,393 

23,508 

2,639 

11,655 

16,238 

319 

18,049 

12,796 

5,813 

45,853 

26,111 

241,804 

202,873 

392,861 

509,014 

 – 

 – 

4,191 

5,599 

12,663 

2,381 

Total – continuing operations

45,853 

26,111 

245,995 

208,472 

405,524 

511,395 

Discontinued operations

CPG Asia

383 

284 

1,173 

2,022 

905 

1,400 

Total – including discontinued operations

46,236 

26,395 

247,168 

210,494 

406,429 

512,795 

58  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 2. SEgmENT INFORmATION – CONTINUED

The consolidated entity operated in five geographical areas – Australia, Pacific (New Zealand, Papua New Guinea and Fiji), 
North East Asia (Hong Kong and China), South East Asia (Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Vietnam, Indonesia and the Philippines) 
and Other (United Kingdom, Canada, India, South Africa and Brazil).

By geographic locations  
Continuing operations 

Australia

Pacific

North East Asia

South East Asia

Other

Total revenue(i) 

Segment assets

Acquisition of 
segment assets

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

6,889,317 

5,429,130

3,649,898

3,063,976 

383,165 

495,558 

940,282 

878,484 

406,933 

434,461 

16,339 

12,928 

 – 

23,779 

67,088 

 – 

56,802

77,795 

31 

17,927 

36,553 

47 

34,953 

37,935 

 – 

760 

5,260 

 – 

432 

2,477 

Total – continuing operations

7,920,466 

6,442,211 

4,111,342 

3,571,372 

405,524 

511,395 

Discontinued operations

North East Asia

South East Asia

Other

5,641 

9,476 

142,751 

188,063 

2,475 

2,097 

–

–

–

11,239 

125,366 

2,689 

–

905 

–

–

1,400 

–

Total – including discontinued operations

8,071,333 

6,641,847 

4,111,342 

3,710,666 

406,429 

512,795 

(i)   total revenue includes other income and inter-segment sales, recorded at amounts equal to competitive market prices charged to external 

customers for similar goods.

annuaL rePort 2012  59

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 3. PROFIT FROm ORDINARy ACTIvITIES – CONTINUINg OPERATIONS

a) Revenue

Sales revenue

Rendering of services

Mining services

Construction contracts

Sale of goods

Other revenue

Other revenue

Rental income

Dividends

Other entities

Other income

Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Net foreign exchange gains

Total other income

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

Note

4,127,711

2,351,195 

1,162,168

262,832 

3,789,397

1,364,048 

1,041,117 

214,324 

2,938 

8,565 

16,761 

7,655 

4 

247 

7,915,413 

6,433,549 

5,053 

– 

5,053 

8,490 

172 

8,662 

Total revenue and other income

7,920,466

6,442,211 

Share of sales revenue from joint venture entities and associates

2

452,173 

318,254 

Total revenue including joint ventures and associates and other income 

8,372,639

6,760,465 

60  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 3. PROFIT FROm ORDINARy ACTIvITIES – CONTINUINg OPERATIONS – CONTINUED

b) Operating expenses  

Cost of goods sold 

Net foreign exchange losses 

Net loss on disposal of business

Depreciation and amortisation of non-current assets:

–  Plant and equipment

–  Buildings

–  Amortisation of leased assets

Total depreciation

Amortisation of intellectual property/software

Total depreciation and amortisation

Doubtful debts

Operating lease expenses relating to land and buildings

Operating lease expenses relating to plant and equipment

Total operating lease expenses

Employee benefits expense:

–  Defined contribution plans 

–  Share-based transactions 

–  Employee benefits

Total employee benefits expense

(Gain) arising on derivatives in a designated fair value 
hedge accounting relationship

Loss arising on adjustment to hedged item in a 
designated fair value hedge accounting relationship

c) Finance income and costs

Finance income

Interest income

Finance costs

Finance costs on liabilities carried at amortised cost:

– 

Interest expense

–  Finance lease expense

Total interest and finance lease expense

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

Note

201,673 

165,451 

1,113

–

–

441 

220,542 

194,804 

2,319 

17,079 

239,940 

6,055 

245,995 

2,425 

8,795 

206,024 

2,448 

208,472 

3,316

2,164 

66,376

245,137

311,513

152,422

2,154 

2,556,756

2,711,332 

60,970 

163,660 

224,630 

114,937

4,596 

2,041,777

2,161,310 

(419)

(732)

409

(10)

508

(224)

10,746 

14,107 

74,875 

7,382 

82,257 

73,628 

4,777 

78,405 

16

16

16

17

2

2

annuaL rePort 2012  61

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 4. INDIvIDUAlly SIgNIFICANT ITEmS

The following material items are relevant to an understanding 
of the Group’s financial performance:

 – Derecognition of hedge reserve relating to Reliance Rail

 – CPG Asia net profit on disposal

 – Impairment of goodwill

 – Provision referrable to Singapore Tunnel dispute

 – Provision referrable to Stephen Gillies’ litigation

 – Provision for Waratah Train Project 

 – Impairment of assets

Note

25

27(c)

17

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

72,540 

(33,585)

18,000 

20,000 

5,324 

 – 

 – 

82,279 

 – 

 – 

9,770 

 – 

 – 

250,000 

6,803 

266,573 

derecoGnItIon of hedGe reserve reLatInG to reLIance raIL

As at 30 June 2011, the hedge reserve included a debit balance of $73.8 million representing the equity-accounted share of 
the historical movements of Reliance Rail’s hedge reserve. The hedge reserve was being amortised on a straight line basis 
over 30 years, being the contracted term of the Waratah Public-Private Partnership (PPP) Through-Life Support (TLS) contract. 

As a result of the Reliance Rail restructure announced to the ASX on 6 February 2012, Downer transferred the equity accounted 
Reliance Rail hedge reserve of $72.5 million via the income statement to retained earnings. Amortisation in the current year of 
$1.3 million is reflected as an expense in the income statement (refer Note 1).

cPG asIa net ProfIt on dIsPosaL

On 14 December 2011, the Group announced it had signed a Share Sale Agreement with China Architecture Design and Research 
Group (CAG) to sell the CPG Asia business for $147.0 million. The sale of CPG Asia was completed on 30 April 2012 with a pre-tax 
profit of $33.6 million recognised during the financial year. The details of the disposal are separately disclosed in Note 27.

ImPaIrment of GoodwILL and assets

As required by Accounting Standards, the Group undertook an assessment of the carrying value of assets, having regard to the 
current and future operating performance of a number of businesses. As a result of this assessment, Management identified 
impairments of goodwill relating to Downer Asia and CPG Australia totalling $18.0 million (2011: $16.6 million impairments of 
goodwill and assets relating to Works UK and CPG New Zealand). 

DOWNER ASIA

The Downer Asia business has not performed to the expectations of the Group, as a consequence of increased competition from 
other Asian contractors who have commenced operations in Singapore and has not secured sufficient future work to support the 
value of the carrying goodwill in the business. Management has decided to impair goodwill of Downer Asia by $9.3 million. 

CONSULTING – CPG AUSTRALIA

The CPG business in Australia has underperformed as a result of challenging economic conditions and scarcity of work to 
support its operational and overhead structure. Management has decided to impair goodwill of CPG Australia by $8.7 million.  

ProvIsIon referraBLe to sInGaPore tunneL dIsPute

Note 30 details a dispute with SP PowerAssets Ltd (SPP) in relation to the construction of an electrical services tunnel in Singapore. 
The Group is currently awaiting the outcome of arbitration proceedings and a High Court action.

The Group is defending the arbitration, however it is attempting to reach a commercial settlement with SPP. A provision of 
$20.0 million was taken during the year to cover settlement outcomes in relation to this claim. The Directors are of the view that 
disclosing of any further information related to this claim would be prejudicial to the interests of the Group.

ProvIsIon referraBLe to stePhen GILLIes’ LItIGatIon

Former Managing Director Stephen Gillies received an initial award from the New South Wales Supreme Court in the sum 
of $7.8 million including costs ($5.3 million) and interest ($2.5 million). An appeal by the Group was heard by the Court of 
Appeal in May 2012 and a decision is pending. 

62  downer edI LImIted

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 5. INCOmE TAx – CONTINUINg OPERATIONS

a) Income tax recognised in the income statement

Tax expense/(benefit) comprises:

Current tax expense/(benefit)

Deferred tax expense relating to the origination and reversal of temporary differences

Total tax expense/(benefit)

The prima facie income tax expense/(benefit) on pre-tax accounting profit reconciles to the 
income tax expense/(benefit) in the financial statements as follows:

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

29,053 

53,123 

82,176 

(28,551)

14,183 

(14,368)

Profit/(loss) before income tax

189,691 

(60,650)

Group income tax expense/(benefit) calculated at 30 per cent of operating profit/(loss)

 56,907 

(18,195)

 – Amortisation of intangible assets

 – Non-taxable gains

 – Exempt income

 – Non-deductible expenses

 – Effect of different rates of tax on overseas income

 – Research and development

 – Effect of unrecognised temporary differences

 – Impairment of goodwill and derecognition of hedge reserve

 – Other items

Under/(over) provision of income tax in previous year

87 

(10,080)

 – 

1,721 

(655)

(3,892)

2,960 

27,168 

5,490 

79,706 

2,470 

73 

(545)

(528)

343 

(2,662)

(2,130)

3,407 

2,930 

3,155 

(14,152)

(216)

Income tax expense/(benefit) attributable to profit

82,176 

(14,368)

The tax rate used in the above reconciliation is the corporate tax rate of 30 per cent payable by Australian corporate entities 
on taxable profits under Australian tax law. There has been no change in the corporate tax rate when compared with the 
previous year.

b) Income tax recognised directly in other comprehensive income

The following deferred tax amounts were charged directly to equity during the year:

Deferred tax

 – share issue expenses

 – share-based costs

Revaluations of financial instruments treated as:

 – cash flow hedges

 – available for sale reserve

Total deferred tax charged to equity

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

 – 

(3,214)

3,079 

 – 

(135)

3,130 

3,366 

(1,672)

(617)

4,207 

annuaL rePort 2012  63

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 6. REmUNERATION OF AUDITORS

Audit or review of financial reports:

Auditor of the parent entity

Related practice of the parent entity auditor

Non-audit services:

Tax services

Audit related services

CPG Asia sale due diligence and other non-audit services (i)

Consolidated

2012 
$ 

2011 
$ 

2,928,257

668,663

2,780,516 

733,824 

 3,596,920 

3,514,340 

252,225

70,000

1,186,205

1,508,430

228,372 

73,474 

810,694 

1,112,540 

The auditor of the Group is Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu.

(i)  other services relate to agreed-upon procedures, accounting advice and capital raising advisory services.

NOTE 7. EARNINgS PER ShARE

Basic earnings/(loss) per share (EPS)

 – Continuing operations

 – Discontinued operations

2012

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity ($'000)

Adjustment to reflect ROADS dividends paid ($'000)

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating EPS ($’000)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (000’s)

Earnings per share (cents per share)

2012 
Cents per 
share 

2011 
Cents per 
share 

22.5 

1.2 

23.7 

(15.5)

5.0 

(10.5)

Continuing 
operations

Discontinued 
operations 
(Note 27)  

107,504 

(10,998)

96,506 

5,262 

–

5,262 

429,100 

429,100 

22.5 

1.2 

2011

(Loss)/profit attributable to members of the parent entity ($’000)

Adjustment to reflect ROADS dividends paid ($’000)

(46,219)

(10,392)

 18,376 

 – 

(Loss)/profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating EPS ($’000)

(56,611)

 18,376 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (000’s)

(Loss)/earnings per share (cents per share)

365,448 

365,448 

(15.5)

5.0 

64  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 7. EARNINgS PER ShARE – CONTINUED

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (EPS)

 – Continuing operations

 – Discontinued operations

2012 
Cents per 
share 

2011 
Cents per 
share 

22.4 

 1.1 

23.5 

(15.5)

5.0 

(10.5)

Continuing 
operations

Discontinued 
operations 
(Note 27) 

2012

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating EPS ($’000)

107,504 

5,262 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (000’s)

WANOS adjustment to reflect potential dilution for ROADS (000’s)(i)

WANOS used in the calculation of EPS (000’s)

Earnings per share (cents per share)

429,100 

 51,316 

429,100 

 51,316 

 480,416 

 480,416 

22.4 

1.1 

(i)   the wanos adjustment is the value of roads that could potentially be converted into ordinary shares at the reporting date. It is calculated 
based on the issued value of roads in new Zealand dollars converted to australian dollars at the spot rate prevailing at the reporting date 
($156.7 million), divided by the market price of the company’s ordinary shares at the reporting date ($3.13) discounted by 2.5 per cent 
according to the roads contract terms.

2011

(Loss)/profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating EPS ($’000)

(46,219)

18,376 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (000’s)

WANOS adjustment to reflect potential dilution for ROADS (000’s)(i)

WANOS used in the calculation of EPS (000’s)

 365,448 

 365,448 

38,413 

38,413 

 403,861 

 403,861 

(Loss)/earnings per share (cents per share)(ii)

(15.5)

5.0 

(i)   the wanos adjustment is the value of roads that could potentially be converted into ordinary shares at the reporting date. It is calculated 
based on the issued value of roads in new Zealand dollars converted to australian dollars at the spot rate prevailing at the reporting date 
($154.8 million), divided by the average market price of the company’s ordinary shares for the period 1 July 2010 to 30 June 2011 ($4.13) 
discounted by 2.5 per cent according to the roads contract terms. the average market price was used in the calculation in the fy2011 
year as it produces a more representative price by taking into consideration the fluctuating share price during the financial year.

(ii) at 30 June 2011, the roads are deemed anti-dilutive; hence diluted ePs for continuing operations remained at a loss of 15.5 cents per share.

annuaL rePort 2012  65

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 8. DIvIDENDS

a) Ordinary shares

No dividends will be or were paid in relation to the financial years ended 30 June 2012 or 30 June 2011.

b) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)

New Zealand imputation credit percentage

Cost (in A$’000)

Payment date

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)

New Zealand imputation credit percentage

Cost (in A$’000)

Payment date

c) Franking credits

Franking account balance

Quarter 1
2012

Quarter 2
2012

Quarter 3
2012

Quarter 4
2012

1.38 

100%

2,769 

1.34 

100%

2,687 

1.39 

100%

2,778 

1.39 

100%

2,764 

15/09/11

15/12/11

15/03/12

15/06/12

Quarter 1
2011

Quarter 2
2011

Quarter 3
2011

Quarter 4
2011

1.35 

100%

2,611 

1.30 

100%

2,601 

1.26 

100%

2,526 

1.33 

100%

2,654 

15/09/10

15/12/10

15/03/11

15/06/11

Total
2012

5.50 

100%

10,998 

Total
2011

5.24 

100%

10,392 

Parent Entity

2012 
$’000

 – 

2011 
$’000

 –

66  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 9. CASh AND CASh EqUIvAlENTS

Cash at bank and in hand

Short-term deposits 

NOTE 10. INvENTORIES

Current

Raw materials – at cost

Work in progress – at cost

Finished goods – at cost

Components and spare parts – at cost

NOTE 11. TRADE AND OThER RECEIvABlES 

Current

Trade receivables

Allowance for doubtful debts 

Amounts due from customers under contracts and rendering of services

Provision for Waratah Train Project(i)

Other receivables 

Non-current

Other receivables 

Total trade and other receivables

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

292,672 

4,019 

296,691 

2011 
$’000 

286,395 

2,180 

288,575 

Note

37(a)

229,427 

144,959 

3,316 

30,480 

19,515 

1,748 

32,348 

13,513 

282,738 

192,568 

11(a)

11(b)

31

31

647,224 

(7,160)

640,064 

1,063,569 

(164,108)

899,461 

564,057 

(5,573)

558,484 

957,491 

(254,598)

702,893 

58,889 

51,621 

1,598,414 

1,312,998 

1,922 

 – 

1,600,336 

1,312,998 

(i)   Provision for waratah train Project reflects total provision established against the contract of $440.0 million, less $90.5 million of provision 

utilised during the financial year ended 30 June 2012 and $185.4 million utilised during the financial year ended 30 June 2011.

(a)  Of the total $647.2 million (2011: $564.1 million) of trade receivables, $460.4 million (2011: $383.1 million) are current (i.e. within 
30 days). Management considers that there are no indications as of the reporting date that the debtors will not meet their 
payment obligations.

Of the total receivables of $647.2 million (2011: $564.1 million):

 – $0.9 million (2011: $nil) are renegotiated receivables and Management has assessed that these are all recoverable and no 

impairment has been taken;

 – $178.7 million (2011: $175.4 million) are past due but not impaired with an average of more than 76 days. These relate to 
a number of customers for whom there is no recent history of default, nor other indicators of impairment. Management 
considers that no provision is required on these balances. The consolidated entity does not hold any collateral over these 
balances; and

 – $7.2 million (2011: $5.6 million) are impaired and have been provided for. An allowance account has been made for 

estimated irrecoverable trade receivable amounts arising from the past rendering of services, determined by reference 
to past default experience.

annuaL rePort 2012  67

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 11. TRADE AND OThER RECEIvABlES – CONTINUED

(b) Movement in the allowance for doubtful debts

Balance at the beginning of financial year

Additional provisions

Amounts used

Amounts reversed

Provision derecognised on disposal of subsidiary

Foreign currency exchange differences

Balance at the end of financial year

The consolidated entity has used the following basis to assess the allowance loss for trade receivables: 

i)   A specific provision based on historical bad debt experience;

ii)  The general economic conditions in specific geographical regions;

iii)  An individual account-by-account specific risk assessment based on past credit history; and

iv)  Any prior knowledge of debtor insolvency or other credit risk.

NOTE 12. OThER FINANCIAl ASSETS

Current

Foreign currency forward contracts

Fair value commodity hedges

Fair value through profit and loss investments

Other financial assets 

Non-current

Advances to joint venture entities

Available-for-sale investments 

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

Fair value through profit and loss investments

Deferred consideration receivable 

Other financial assets 

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

(5,573)

(4,976)

1,460 

1,612 

321 

(4)

2011 
$’000 

(4,606)

(3,133)

1,424 

634 

– 

108 

(7,160)

(5,573)

3,002 

419 

 – 

10,790 

14,211 

972 

 – 

1,082 

 – 

5,188 

 – 

552 

7,794 

5,179 

 – 

150 

749 

6,078 

 – 

13,750 

607 

1,122 

5,223 

475 

9,800 

30,977 

Total other financial assets

22,005 

37,055 

68  downer edI LImIted

 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 13. TAx ASSETS

Current

Current tax assets

Non-current

a) Deferred tax assets

b) Movement in deferred tax assets for the financial year

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Charged to income statement as deferred income tax (expense)/benefit

13(d)

 – continuing operations

 – discontinued operations

Charged to equity

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Tax losses (utilised or transferred)/recognised

Disposal of entities and operations

Other

Balance at the end of the financial year (gross) 

Set-off of deferred tax liabilities within the same tax jurisdiction 

Net deferred tax assets 

c)  Deferred tax assets at the end of the financial year (prior to offsetting 

balances within the same tax jurisdiction) are attributable to: 

27(b)

13(c)

23(b)

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Property, plant and equipment

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Borrowings

Income tax losses

Hedges and foreign exchange movements

Share issue expenses

Other

Total deferred tax assets (gross)

d) Amounts charged to income statement as deferred income tax (expense)/benefit:

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Property, plant and equipment

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Borrowings

Income tax losses

Hedges and foreign exchange movements

Share issue expenses

Other

Deferred tax assets in relation to prior years

Charged to income statement as deferred income tax (expense)/benefit

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

Note

13,765 

14,312 

71,271 

137,949 

253,071 

192,565 

(12,400)

 – 

670 

224 

(11,305)

(622)

(8,522)

221,116 

(149,845)

71,271 

20,205 

4,394 

5,751 

19,021 

108,956 

196 

51,905 

7,940 

2,004 

744 

18,172 

(53)

(1,336)

(2,279)

51,172 

(126)

(5,044)

253,071 

(115,122)

137,949 

43,566 

4,275 

8,649 

18,151 

78,139 

661 

62,976 

32,395 

3,130 

1,129

221,116 

253,071 

(37,803)

108 

(1,813)

(2,450)

34,083 

(465)

 – 

1,118 

(830)

(1,126)

(3,222)

(12,400)

10,113 

279 

5,681 

(2,512)

14,417 

(227)

(6,676)

2,893 

–

(1,018)

(4,831)

18,119 

annuaL rePort 2012  69

 
 
 
 
  
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 14. OThER ASSETS

Current

Prepayments

Other deposits

Other current assets

Non-current

Prepayments

Other non-current assets

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

46,109 

2,213 

647 

48,969 

3,122 

431 

3,553 

2011 
$’000 

35,540 

4,134 

1,287 

40,961 

4,684 

 – 

4,684 

Total other assets

52,522 

45,645 

NOTE 15. EqUITy-ACCOUNTED INvESTmENTS

Equity-accounted investments 

Note

15(b)

2012 
$’000

60,893 

2011
$’000 

37,354 

a)  The consolidated entity has interests in the following joint venture operations:

Name of joint venture

Principal activity

Country of 
operation

BPL Downer Joint Venture

Building construction

Singapore

CMC and Downer Joint Venture

Road construction

Dampier Highway Joint Venture

Highway construction and design

Downer Clough Joint Venture

Ammonium nitrate production

Downer Contech Joint Venture

Construction

Downer Daracon Joint Venture

Construction

Downer CSS Joint Venture (i)

Telecommunications

Downer Electrical GHD JV(i)

Traffic control infrastructure

Australia

Australia

Australia

Fiji

Australia

Thailand

Australia

Leighton Works Joint Venture

Road construction

New Zealand

Yokogawa Downer Joint Venture

Refurbishment of power station

Australia

Synergy Joint Venture

Road and pavement construction

Australia

Roche Thiess Linfox Joint Venture (ii) Contract mining; civil works 

Australia

and plant hire

Thiess Downer EDI Works

Construction of coast to coast railway

Australia

Yorke Civil Pty Ltd and Downer EDI 
Engineering Pty Ltd Joint Venture

Construction of water pump station

Australia

(i)  contractual arrangement prevents control despite ownership of more than 50 per cent of these joint ventures.

(ii)  roche thiess Linfox is an unincorporated joint venture at 30 June 2011.

Ownership interest

2012 
% 

2011 
% 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

60 

90 

50 

50 

33 

44 

25 

50

50 

 – 

50 

 – 

50 

 – 

60 

90 

50 

50 

33 

44 

25 

 – 

70  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 15. EqUITy-ACCOUNTED INvESTmENTS – CONTINUED

b)  The consolidated entity and its controlled entities have interests in the following joint venture and associates entities: 

Name of entity

Principal activity

Country of 
incorporation

Joint ventures

Allied Asphalt Limited

Asphalt plant

New Zealand

Bitumen Importers Australia 
Joint Venture

Bitumen Importers 
Australia Pty Ltd

EDI Rail-Bombardier 
Transportation (Maintenance) 
Pty Ltd

Construction of bitumen storage facility Australia

Bitumen importer

Australia

Maintenance of railway rolling stock

Australia

EDI Rail-Bombardier 
Transportation Pty Ltd

Sale and maintenance of railway 
rolling stock

Australia

Emulco Ltd

Emulsion plant

New Zealand

John Holland EDI Joint Venture

Research reactor

MPE Facilities Management 
Sdn Bhd (i)

Facilities management 
consultancy service

Roche Thiess Linfox Mining and 
Earthworks Pty Ltd (ii)

Contract mining; civil works 
and plant hire

Australia

Malaysia

Australia

SIP Jiacheng Property 
Development Co Ltd (iii)

Property development

China

DownerMouchel (iv)

Road maintenance

Works Infrastructure Cortex 
Resources JV Ltd

Construction of bulk coal handling 
equipment

Green Vision Recycling Ltd

Recycling

Stockton Alliance Ltd

Mine operations

Australia

New Zealand

New Zealand

New Zealand

CDJV Construction Pty Ltd (v)

Gas compression facilities and pipelines Australia

Dust-A-Side Australia Pty Ltd (v)

Dust suppression to mine industry

Australia

Associates

Clyde Babcock Hitachi  
(Australia) Pty Ltd

Refurbishment, construction and 
maintenance of boilers

Australia

D’axis Planners & Consultants 
Co. Ltd (vi)

Master planning and consulting service China

Reliance Rail Pty Ltd

Rail manufacturing and maintenance

Australia

KDR Victoria Pty Ltd

KDR Gold Coast Pty Ltd

Operation of Yarra Trams and 
Melbourne tram network

Operations of and maintenance of 
Gold Coast Rapid Transit Project

Australia

Australia

(i)   Joint venture was disposed during the financial year as part of the cPG asia disposal.

Ownership interest

2012 
% 

2011 
% 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

40 

 – 

44 

 – 

60 

50 

33 

50 

50 

50 

27 

 – 

49 

49 

49 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

40 

50 

 – 

50 

50 

50 

33 

50 

 – 

 – 

27 

40 

49 

49 

 49 

(ii)  roche thiess Linfox mining and earthworks Pty Ltd was previously unincorporated and disclosed as a joint venture operation as at 30 June 

2011. It was incorporated during the current year and transferred to a joint venture entity.

(iii) Joint venture was disposed of during the financial year.

(iv)  downermouchel is an unincorporated joint venture. the joint venture agreement specifies 50 per cent interest, except where an Integrated 

service arrangement (Isa) obligation is in place, whereby downer edI has a 60 per cent interest in the joint venture.

(v) Joint venture interests were invested in dust-a-side australia Pty Ltd and cdJv construction Pty Ltd joint ventures during the financial year.

(vi) associate entity was disposed of during the financial year as part of the cPG asia disposal.

annuaL rePort 2012  71

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 15. EqUITy-ACCOUNTED INvESTmENTS – CONTINUED

Equity-accounted investments

Equity-accounted amount of investment at the beginning of the financial year

37,354 

22,410 

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

Note

 – Share of net profit from:

  Continuing operations

  Discontinued operations

 – Share of distributions

 – Earn-in contribution

 – Additional interest in joint venture entities

 – Disposal of interest in joint venture entities

 – Foreign currency exchange differences

Equity-accounted investment at the end of the financial year 

Share of results of joint venture entities and associates

Continuing operations:

Revenue 

Expenses 

Summarised financial information of the consolidated entity’s share of 
the above joint venture entities and associates:

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Investment in associates

reliance rail Pty Ltd

2

2

45,853 

383 

(24,281)

(488)

7,230 

(5,528)

370 

60,893 

26,111 

284 

(12,667)

–

2,448 

(791)

(441)

37,354 

3(a)

452,173 

(398,720)

53,453 

318,254 

(288,419)

29,835 

205,540 

34,974 

240,514 

164,918 

13,405 

178,323 

121,022 

30,237 

151,259 

105,621 

17,812 

123,433 

62,191 

27,826 

The Group has a 49 per cent investment in Reliance Rail. The investment initially totalled $67.0 million and comprised $66.3 million 
A1 notes included as part of ‘Other Financial Assets’ and $0.7 million included as part of ‘Equity-Accounted Investments’. The 
Group equity accounted for its share of profit and loss and hedge reserve movements in accordance with AASB 128 – Investments 
in Associates.

With effect from May 2009, Reliance Rail ceased hedge accounting for its financial derivative instruments. Downer adopted a 
consistent accounting treatment. The hedge reserve of $79.1 million at that date was being amortised on a straight line basis 
over 30 years, being the contracted term of the Waratah Public Private Partnership (PPP) Through-Life Support (TLS) contract.

On 6 February 2012, the New South Wales Government announced it had agreed to invest $175.0 million in 2018 in Reliance Rail 
in return for 100 per cent of the equity, subject to certain conditions precedent being achieved. Reliance Rail’s remaining debt 
funding of $357.0 million is subject to Reliance Rail lodging draw down notices over the next 18 months and the banks providing 
funding in line with their commitment. Six drawdowns totalling $173.9 million have now been drawn against this Bank Facility.

As a result of the restructure, Downer has transferred the equity accounted Reliance Rail hedge reserve of $72.5 million via the 
income statement to retained earnings. This transfer has been classified as an Individually Significant Item (Note 4) and has had 
no impact on cash, equity, net assets or underlying earnings but has negatively impacted the full year statutory earnings.

c) contingent liabilities
The consolidated entity’s share of the contingent liabilities of joint venture entities are included in Note 30.

72  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 16. PROPERTy, PlANT AND EqUIPmENT

2012

$’000

At 1 July 2011

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

Year ended 30 June 2012

Additions

Disposals at net book value

Disposals of business at net book value (Note 27(b))

Depreciation expense from:

–  Continuing operations (Note 3(b))

–  Discontinued operations (Note 2)

Reclassifications at net book value (i)

Net foreign currency exchange  
differences at net book value

Closing net book value

At 30 June 2012

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Closing net book value

Consolidated

Freehold 
Land

Buildings

Plant and 
Equipment

Equipment 
under 
Finance 
Lease

Total

18,872 

49,203 

1,688,721 

130,826 

1,887,622 

 – 

(14,416)

(797,225)

(20,966)

(832,607)

18,872 

34,787 

891,496 

109,860 

1,055,015 

74 

(191)

 – 

 – 

 – 

239 

6 

3,242 

371,433 

24,105 

398,854 

(328)

(42,320)

(216)

(43,055)

 – 

(2,282)

 – 

(2,282)

(2,319)

(220,542)

(17,079)

(239,940)

 – 

206 

(1,173)

(35,626)

 – 

(1,173)

(345)

(35,526)

115 

1,458 

(2)

1,577 

19,000 

35,703 

962,444 

116,323 

1,133,470 

19,000 

51,047 

1,838,392 

151,577 

2,060,016 

 – 

(15,344)

(875,948)

(35,254)

(926,546)

19,000 

35,703 

962,444 

116,323 

1,133,470 

(i)   Includes the reclassification of software systems associated with the Waratah Train TLS contract known as the Fleet Maintenance Facility 

System (FMFS) of $33.2 million from Capital Work in Progress to Intangible Assets.

annuaL rePort 2012  73

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 16. PROPERTy, PlANT AND EqUIPmENT – CONTINUED 

2011

$’000

At 1 July 2010

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

Year ended 30 June 2011

Additions

Disposals at net book value

Disposal of business at net book value

Depreciation expense from:

–  Continuing operations (Note 3(b))

–  Discontinued operations (Note 2)

Impairment (Note 17)

Transfers/reclassifications at net book value

Net foreign currency exchange  
differences at net book value

Closing net book value

At 30 June 2011

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Closing net book value

Consolidated

Freehold 
Land

Buildings

Plant and 
Equipment

Equipment 
under 
Finance 
Lease

Total

11,388 

54,029 

1,499,571 

64,271 

1,629,259 

 – 

(16,283)

(740,196)

(10,704)

(767,183)

11,388 

37,746 

759,375 

53,567 

862,076 

8,349 

(823)

4,383 

438,292 

60,003 

511,027 

(2,468)

(103,293)

(445)

(107,029)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(3)

(714)

 – 

(717)

(2,425)

(194,804)

(8,795)

(206,024)

–

(426)

(1,479)

(2,022)

(894)

3,595 

 – 

 – 

5,564 

(2,022)

(1,320)

7,680 

(42)

(541)

(8,039)

(34)

(8,656)

18,872 

34,787 

891,496 

109,860 

1,055,015 

18,872 

49,203 

1,688,721 

130,826 

1,887,622 

– 

(14,416)

(797,225)

(20,966)

(832,607)

18,872 

34,787 

891,496 

109,860 

1,055,015 

74  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 17. INTANgIBlE ASSETS

2012

$’000

At 1 July 2011

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Net book value

Year ended 30 June 2012

Purchases

Additions of goodwill (i) 

Reclassifications at net book value (ii)

Disposal of businesses at net book value (Note 27(b))

Amortisation expense (Note 3(b))

Impairment (Note 4)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value

Closing net book value

At 30 June 2012

Cost

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

Closing net book value

2011

$’000

At 1 July 2010

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Net book value

Year ended 30 June 2011

Purchases

Reclassifications at net book value

Disposal of businesses at net book value

Amortisation expense (Note 3(b))

Impairment (Note 4)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value

Closing net book value

At 30 June 2011

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Closing net book value

Consolidated

Intellectual 
Property/ 
Software

Total

85,166 

703,219 

(62,254)

(114,024)

22,912 

589,195 

Goodwill

618,053 

(51,770)

566,283 

 – 

1,000 

 – 

(31,766)

6,575 

 – 

35,526 

 – 

 – 

(6,055)

(18,000)

1,071 

518,588 

588,358 

(69,770)

518,588 

 – 

105 

59,063 

128,879 

(69,816)

59,063 

Consolidated

Intellectual 
Property/ 
Software

28,523 

(22,725)

5,798 

1,768 

17,894 

(214)

(2,448)

 – 

114 

Goodwill

625,616 

(42,000)

583,616 

– 

 – 

(1,990)

 – 

(9,770)

(5,573)

6,575 

1,000 

35,526 

(31,766)

(6,055)

(18,000)

1,176 

577,651 

717,237 

(139,586)

577,651 

Total

654,139 

(64,725)

589,414 

1,768 

17,894 

(2,204)

(2,448)

(9,770)

(5,459)

566,283 

22,912 

589,195 

618,053 

(51,770)

566,283 

85,166 

(62,254)

22,912 

703,219 

(114,024)

589,195 

annuaL rePort 2012  75

(i)   additions of goodwill represent deferred contingent consideration in relation to the purchase of the business assets of corke 

Instrumentation engineering, originally acquired during the year ended 30 June 2009. (refer to note 26).

(ii)  Includes the reclassification of software systems associated with the waratah train tLs contract known as the fleet maintenance 

facility system (fmfs) of $33.2 million from capital work in Progress to Intangible assets.

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 17. INTANgIBlE ASSETS – CONTINUED

Allocation of goodwill to cash-generating units (CGUs) 

Goodwill has been allocated for impairment testing purposes to individual CGUs, taking into consideration geographical spread, 
resource allocation, how operations are monitored and where independent cash inflows are identifiable. Post the disposal of 
CPG Asia, 10 independent CGUs have been identified across the Group against which impairment testing has been undertaken:

 – Downer Australia East

 – Downer Australia West

 – Specialist Services

 – Downer Asia (i)

 – Mining

 – Rail

 – Downer New Zealand

 – Works United Kingdom (ii)

 – CPG Asia (iii)

 – CPG Australia (i)

 – CPG New Zealand (ii)

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

178,645 

58,850 

90,074 

 – 

65,545 

69,459 

49,791 

 – 

 – 

6,224 

 – 

2011 
$’000 

177,645 

 58,850 

 90,092 

 9,271 

 65,545 

 69,459 

 49,395 

 – 

 31,073 

 14,953 

 – 

518,588 

566,283 

(i)  Impaired at 30 June 2012 following impairment testing performed by management.

(ii) Impaired at 30 June 2011 following impairment testing performed by management.

(iii) disposal of business during the year.

recoveraBLe amount testInG

The carrying amount of goodwill is tested for impairment annually at 30 June and whenever there is an indicator that the asset 
may be impaired. Where an asset is deemed impaired, it is written down to its recoverable amount. 

Management identified $18.0 million impairment relating to goodwill in the Downer Asia and CPG Australia businesses following 
an assessment of the future performance of these businesses. The sale of CPG Asia has further undermined the ability of Downer 
Asia and CPG Australia to produce sufficient profits to support their goodwill amount as the CPG brand name leveraged these 
businesses in the past. As a result, a goodwill impairment of $9.3 million and $8.7 million has been recognised in Downer Asia and 
CPG Australia respectively in the current year.

Impairment testing is typically undertaken in one of two ways:

 – A comparison of asset book values against fair value less costs to sell; or

 – A comparison of the asset book values to the “value in use” of the assets.

In its impairment assessment, the Group determines the recoverable amount based on a value in use calculation, using cash 
flow projections based on the Group’s budget and financial forecasts including a terminal value. Key assumptions used for 
impairment testing include: 

Projected cash flows 
Cash flow projections are based on the Board approved 2012/13 (FY13) budget for the year ending 30 June 2013 and the 
business plan for the subsequent financial years ending 30 June 2014 to 30 June 2017 by applying division specific growth 
estimates and assuming a 2.5 per cent terminal growth rate to allow for organic growth on the existing asset base. Cash flows 
are then determined utilising the calculated Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation (EBITDA) less tax, 
capital maintenance spending and working capital changes to provide a “free cash flow” estimate. This calculated cash flow is 
then compared against the free cash flow in the business plan to ensure the two are consistent.  

Growth rate estimates
The future annual growth rates for FY14 onwards are based on expected market and expected business performance rates for 
each CGU being tested for impairment.

76  downer edI LImIted

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 17. INTANgIBlE ASSETS – CONTINUED

recoveraBLe amount testInG – contInued

Discount rates
Discount rates of between 10.8 per cent and 12.1 per cent (2011: between 11.2 per cent and 12.6 per cent) reflect Management’s 
estimate of the time value of money and risks specific to each CGU. In determining the appropriate discount rate for each CGU, 
consideration has been given to the estimated weighted average cost of capital (WACC) for the Group adjusted for country 
and business risk specific to that CGU. 

Gross margin
This has been based on historical margins achieved, with changes where appropriate for expected efficiency improvements.

Working capital 
Working capital has been maintained to support the underlying business plus allowances for growth of each business unit.

Capital expenditure 
Capital expenditure included in the terminal year calculation is for maintenance capital used for existing plant and 
replacement of plant as it is retired from service. The resulting expenditure has been compared against the annual 
depreciation charge to ensure that it is reasonable.

sensItIvItIes

Sensitivity analysis has been undertaken for each CGU by varying terminal growth and discount rates. Assuming no material 
variation in these assumptions compared to those used in the analysis, Management is satisfied that the carrying value of the 
CGUs not impaired (refer above) exceeds their recoverable amount.

NOTE 18. TRADE AND OThER PAyABlES 

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

Note

Current

Trade payables

Amounts due to customers under contracts and rendering of services

31

Accruals

Goods and services tax payable

Other 

Non-current

Other 

577,954 

310,364 

412,020 

50,846 

37,811 

434,047 

280,076 

321,477 

34,155 

47,971 

1,388,995 

1,117,726 

3,955 

2,812 

Total trade and other payables

1,392,950 

1,120,538 

annuaL rePort 2012  77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 19. BORROWINgS

Current

Secured – at amortised cost: 

 – Finance lease liabilities 

 – Hire purchase liabilities 

 – Supplier finance

Unsecured – at amortised cost: 

 – Bank loans 

 – Bank overdrafts 

 – AUD medium term notes (2009-1)

 – AUD medium term notes (2010-1)

 – USD notes

 – Works NZ Bonds

 – Deferred finance charges

Total current borrowings

Non-current

Secured – at amortised cost: 

 – Finance lease liabilities 

 – Hire purchase liabilities 

Unsecured – at amortised cost: 

 – Bank loans 

 – USD notes

 – Works NZ Bonds

 – AUD medium term notes (2009-1)

 – AUD medium term notes (2009-2)

 – AUD medium term notes (2010-1)

 – Deferred finance charges

Note

29(c)

29(d)

28(a)

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

21,472 

3,236 

6,332 

31,040 

10,160 

2 

13,283 

12,600 

 – 

117,527 

(3,674)

149,898 

16,995 

2,206 

5,127 

24,328 

112,374 

6,343 

13,283 

12,600 

1,862 

 – 

(5,669)

140,793 

37(a)

180,938 

165,121 

29(c)

29(d)

78,533 

3,048 

81,581 

32,930 

76,185 

 – 

66,460 

151,186 

31,500 

(1,870)

79,242 

4,889 

84,131 

22,809 

71,688 

116,081 

79,743 

152,063 

44,100 

(2,950)

356,391 

483,534 

Total non-current borrowings

37(a)

437,972 

567,665 

Total borrowings

618,910 

732,786 

78  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 20. FINANCINg FACIlITIES

fInancInG facILItIes

At 30 June 2012, the consolidated entity had the following facilities that were not utilised at balance date:

Syndicated bank loan facilities

Bilateral bank loan facilities

Total unutilised loan facilities

Syndicated bank bonding facilities

Bilateral bank and insurance company bonding facilities

Total unutilised bonding facilities

BanK Loans 

2012 
$’000 

420,000 

173,525 

593,525 

 – 

327,930

327,930

2011 
$’000 

420,000 

207,075 

627,075 

7,214 

250,881 

258,095 

Syndicated loan facilities
The Syndicated bank loan is unsecured, is subject to certain Group guarantees and with one tranche ($294.0 million) maturing 
in November 2013 and the other tranche ($126.0 million) in November 2014.

Bilateral bank loans and overdrafts
Bank loans are unsecured, are subject to certain Group guarantees and excluding those supported by export credit guarantees 
(refer below) are due for annual renewal in the 2013 financial year. Included in bank loans are amounts of $41.9 million in 
aggregate, which are supported by export credit guarantees, and which amortise through even semi-annual instalments and 
with final maturity dates of April 2017 and May 2017.

usd notes

USD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a total amount of US$77.0 million and are subject to certain Group 
guarantee arrangements. The notes mature in various tranches in 2014 and 2019. The USD principal and interest have been fully 
hedged against the Australian dollar. The fair value of the USD notes is disclosed in Note 37.

aud medIum term notes (mtns)

During 2009 and 2010, three tranches of unsecured MTNs were issued. Series 2009-1 amortises through even semi-annual 
instalments, until the final maturity date of April 2018 and has a balance of $79.7 million; Series 2009-2 for $150.0 million matures 
on a bullet basis in October 2013; Series 2010-1 amortises through even semi-annual instalments until the final maturity date of 
September 2015 and has a balance of $44.1 million. The MTNs were subject to certain Group guarantees. 

worKs new ZeaLand Bonds

During 2009, unsecured bonds were issued for a total amount of NZ$150.0 million ($117.5 million AUD equivalent translated at year 
end exchange rate). The bonds are subject to certain Group guarantees. The bonds mature in September 2012.

fInance Lease facILItIes

The Group leases certain of its equipment under finance leases. The average lease term is 1.6 years. The Group’s obligations 
under finance leases are secured by the lessors’ title to the leased assets.

Interest rates underlying all rentals under finance leases are fixed at relevant contract dates with a weighted average rate 
of 7.63 per cent per annum (2011: 8.1 per cent per annum).

hIre Purchase and Lease facILItIes

Hire purchase facilities are secured by the specific assets financed.

suPPLIer fInance

Supplier finance in respect of the financing of the Group’s insurance premiums has been entered in the normal course of 
business. The financing has a term of less than one year and amortises on a monthly basis. Security is limited to insurance 
premiums that have been paid.

annuaL rePort 2012  79

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 20. FINANCINg FACIlITIES – CONTINUED

covenants on fInancInG facILItIes

The Group’s financing facilities contain undertakings including an obligation to comply at all times with certain financial 
covenants (which require the Group to meet certain financial ratios) as well as maintain minimum levels of subsidiaries that 
are guarantors under various facilities.

The main financial covenants to which the Group is subject to are Net Worth, Interest Service Coverage and Debt to 
Capitalisation. In addition, the Group’s standard credit platform contains certain restrictions and undertakings including 
but not limited to:

i)  Maintenance of authorisation;

ii)  Compliance with laws;

iii)  Disposal of assets;

iv) Negative pledge (subject to certain “carve-outs”);

v)  Change of business;

vi) Non-guarantor subsidiaries incurring financial indebtness; and

vii) Maintenance of the guarantor group.

Financial covenants testing is undertaken and is reported to the Board on a monthly basis. Reporting of financial covenants 
to financiers occurs semi-annually for the rolling 12 month periods to 30 June and 31 December. The Group was in compliance 
with all its financial covenants as at 30 June 2012.

BondInG

The Group has $1,294.1 million of bank guarantee and insurance bond facilities to support its contracting activities. $543.4 million 
of these facilities are provided to the Group on a committed basis and $750.7 million on an uncommitted basis. Under both 
committed and uncommitted facilities, the financial institution being requested to provide the guarantee/bond has the 
discretion as to whether to issue the bonding instrument depending on factors such as the form of the guarantee/bond, the 
underlying contract of work being undertaken and potential concentration limits the financial institution may have on the 
industry where the work is being conducted. Furthermore, in the case of uncommitted facilities, the financier has the discretion 
to cancel any unutilised balance of a facility at any time or to suspend utilisation of the facility for a given period. The Group’s 
committed facilities have varying maturity dates which range from November 2012 to December 2014 and for uncommitted 
facilities from September 2012 to December 2013.

The Group’s facilities are provided by a number of different banks and insurance companies on an unsecured basis and are 
subject to certain Group guarantees. $966.2 million of these facilities were utilised as at 30 June 2012 with $327.9 million unutilised 
as at that date. $254.5 million of the current committed facilities is made up of a syndicated bonding facility referrable to the 
Waratah Train Project which was refinanced on 1 December 2011. As with all performance bonds, the risk being assumed under 
these bonds is Downer credit risk rather than project specific risk. The Group has the flexibility in respect of a committed facility 
amount of $51.1 million (shown as part of the unutilised bilateral bank loan facilities) which can, at the request of the Group, 
also be utilised for bonding purposes.

refInancInG requIrements

Where existing facilities approach maturity, the Group will seek to renegotiate with existing and new financiers to extend the 
maturity date of those facilities. The Group’s earnings profile, credit rating, state of the economy, conditions in financial markets 
and other factors may influence the outcome of those negotiations. 

credIt ratInGs

The Group currently has an Investment Grade credit rating of BBB- (Outlook Stable) from Fitch Ratings. Where the credit rating is 
reduced, or placed on negative watch, customers and suppliers may be less willing to contract with the Group. Banks and other 
lending institutions may demand more stringent terms (including increased pricing) on debt and bonding facilities to reflect the 
higher credit risk profile.

80  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 21. OThER FINANCIAl lIABIlITIES

Current

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

Advances from joint venture entities

Non-current

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

48,171 

897 

28,464 

77,532 

4,822 

41,290 

46,112 

2011 
$’000 

55,256 

6,564 

12,809 

74,629 

35,427 

36,288 

71,715 

Total other financial liabilities

123,644 

146,344 

NOTE 22. PROvISIONS

At 1 July 2011

Current

Non-current

Total

Additional provisions recognised

Unused provision reversed

Utilisation of provision

Disposal of businesses (Note 27(b))

Net foreign currency exchange differences

At 30 June 2012

Current

Non-current

Total at 30 June 2012

Consolidated ($’000)

Employee

benefits(i)

Decom-
missioning (ii)

Contract 
claims/ 
warranties(iii) 

176,854 

11,328 

188,182 

293,842 

(2,821)

(223,021)

(1,638)

(536)

5,180 

7,361 

12,541 

1,878 

(1,518)

(473)

(376)

504 

25,585 

–

25,585 

15,174 

(2,302)

(8,983)

 – 

(20)

Other(iv) 

Total 

32,040 

120 

32,160 

127,792 

(1,880)

239,659 

18,809 

258,468 

438,686 

(8,521)

(105,571)

(338,048)

31 

(488)

(1,983)

(540)

254,008 

12,556 

29,454 

52,044 

348,062 

245,198 

8,810 

254,008 

6,358 

6,198 

12,556 

29,454 

 – 

29,454 

51,440 

604 

52,044 

332,450 

15,612 

348,062 

(i)  employee benefits comprise provision for annual leave, long service leave and other employee entitlements.

(ii)  the provision for decommissioning includes obligations relating to environmental remediation and leasehold make good cost based on the 

Group’s best estimate of the present value of the expenditure required to settle the restoration obligation.

(iii)  Provisions for contract and claims warranty is made for the estimated liability on all products still under warranty at balance sheet and known claims 

arising under service and construction contracts. the provision is estimated having regard to previous claims experience.

(iv)  other provisions include return conditions for leased assets. the Group has leases that require the asset to be returned to the lessor in a certain 

condition. a provision has been raised for the present value of the future expected cost at lease expiry.

annuaL rePort 2012  81

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

Note

3,926 

3,866 

6,150 

6,279 

121,401 

92,578 

40,723

 –  

805 

300 

(113)

(7,121)

155,995 

(149,845)

6,150 

2,069 

4,105 

3,235 

116,413 

5,224 

9,624 

7,385 

389 

168 

1,567 

5,816 

155,995 

32,355 

30 

(5,543)

(2,502)

 – 

4,483 

121,401 

(115,122)

6,279 

3,137 

(1,188)

(361)

91,150 

6,163 

5,235 

2,980 

363 

212 

11,272 

2,438 

121,401 

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 23. TAx lIABIlITIES

Current

Current tax overseas entities

Non-current

a) Deferred tax liability

b) Movement in deferred tax liability for the financial year

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Charged to income statement as deferred income tax expense

23(d)

 – continuing operations

 – discontinued operations

Charged to equity

Net foreign currency exchange differences

Disposal of entities and operations

Other

Balance at the end of the financial year (gross) 

Set-off of deferred tax assets within the same tax jurisdiction 

Net deferred tax liability

c)  Deferred tax liabilities at the end of the financial year (prior to offsetting 

balances within the same tax jurisdiction) are attributable to

27(b)

23(c)

13(b)

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Intangible assets

Trade and other receivables

Other current assets

Equity-accounted investments

Trade and other payables

Provisions

Borrowings

Hedges and foreign exchange movements

Other

Total deferred tax liabilities (gross)

82  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 23. TAx lIABIlITIES – CONTINUED

d)  Amounts charged to income statement as deferred income 

tax expense/(benefit)

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Intangible assets

Trade and other receivables

Other assets

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Provisions

Equity-accounted investments

Hedges and foreign exchange movements

Deferred tax liabilities in relation to prior years

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

Note

422 

1,825 

3,596 

27,017 

(710)

3,370 

(142)

228 

4,389 

(241)

969

(5,413)

(411)

(98)

26,207 

7,292 

(2,861)

(8)

43 

3,513 

4,331 

(210)

Charged to income statement as deferred income tax expense/(benefit)

40,723

32,385 

NOTE 24. ISSUED CAPITAl

Ordinary shares

429,100,296 ordinary shares (2011: 429,100,296)

Unvested executive incentive shares  
6,115,960 ordinary shares (2011: 6,844,719)

200,000,000 Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing 
Securities (ROADS) (2011: 200,000,000)

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

1,278,564 

1,278,564 

(29,437)

(33,270)

178,603 

178,603 

1,427,730 

1,423,897 

Changes to the Corporations Law abolished the authorised capital and par value concept in relation to share capital from 1 July 
1998. Therefore, the Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital and issued shares do not have a par value.

fuLLy PaId ordInary share caPItaL

Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends.

Consolidated

2012

2011

000’s

$’000

000’s

$’000

Fully paid ordinary share capital

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

429,100 

1,278,564 

336,582 

978,960 

Issue of shares through Dividend Reinvestment 
Plan election

Issue of shares under terms of Employee Discount Share Plan(i) 

Issue of shares under renounceable entitlement offer(ii) 

Payment of share issue costs

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

4,712 

1,884 

85,922 

 – 

20,027 

7,574 

279,307 

(7,304)

Balance at the end of the financial year

429,100 

1,278,564 

429,100 

1,278,564 

(i)   In fy2011, under the terms of the offer, a $1,000 discount was provided in recognition of each employee’s contribution to the company’s 

performance. under a-Ifrs, the value of the discount is recognised as an expense with a corresponding increase in share capital of $7.6 million.

(ii)  during fy2011, the company undertook a capital raising by way of a fully underwritten one for four accelerated renounceable entitlement 

offer. net proceeds of $272.0 million were raised in the entitlement offer.

annuaL rePort 2012  83

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 24. ISSUED CAPITAl – CONTINUED

Unvested executive incentive shares

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Vested executive incentive shares transactions

Balance at the end of the financial year

Consolidated

2012

2011

000’s

$’000

000’s

$’000

6,845 

(729)

6,116 

(33,270)

3,833 

(29,437)

7,892 

(1,047)

6,845 

(38,888)

5,618 

(33,270)

Unvested executive incentive shares are stock market purchases and are held by the Executive Employee Share Plan Trust under 
the Long Term Incentive (LTI) plan. Dividends from the unvested executive incentive shares accrue to the benefit of executives 
from the time they are purchased up until when vesting occurs or until the shares are forfeited. From the 2011 LTI plan onwards, 
no dividends will be distributed on shares held in trust during the performance measurement and service periods. Accumulated 
dividends will be paid out to executives after all vesting conditions have been met. Otherwise, excess net dividends are retained 
in the trust to be used by the Company to acquire additional shares on the market for Employee Equity plans.

Consolidated

2012

2011

000’s

$’000

000’s

$’000

Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities 
(ROADS)

Balance at the beginning of the financial year

Balance at the end of the financial year

200,000 

200,000 

178,603 

178,603 

200,000 

200,000 

178,603 

178,603 

ROADS are perpetual, redeemable, exchangeable preference shares, which were refinanced on the reset date of 15 June 2012. 
While Downer had a number of options available to it on the Step-up Date of 15 June 2012, it elected to leave the securities on issue 
and to Step-up the margin in accordance with the terms of the “Prospectus and Investment Statement” dated 7 March 2007. 

ROADS had a yield of 9.80 per cent per annum over the period April 2007 to 15 June 2012 which was based on the five year 
swap rate at the time of issue plus a margin of 2.05 per cent per annum. In terms of the Step-up, the margin increased to 
4.05 per cent per annum with effect from 15 June 2012 and with the yield now based on the one year swap rate prevailing 
on that date of 2.55 per cent per annum. Accordingly the overall yield for the one year period commencing 15 June 2012 
is 6.60 per cent per annum.

share oPtIons and Performance rIGhts

During the financial year, no performance rights (2011: nil) or performance options (2011: nil) were granted to senior executives of 
the Group under the Long Term Incentive plan. Further details of the key management personnel Long Term Incentive plan are 
contained in the Remuneration Report.

NOTE 25. RESERvES

Hedge reserve

Foreign currency translation reserve

Employee benefits reserve

Total reserves

hedGe reserve

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

(11,594)

(50,123)

9,965 

(51,752)

2011 
$’000 

(77,673)

(58,683)

14,775 

(121,581)

As at 30 June 2011, the hedge reserve included a debit balance of $73.8 million representing the equity-accounted share of 
the historical movements of Reliance Rail’s hedge reserve. The hedge reserve was being amortised on a straight line basis 
over 30 years, being the contracted term of the Waratah Public-Private Partnership (PPP) Through-Life Support contract. 

As a result of the Reliance Rail restructure announced to the ASX on 6 February 2012, Downer transferred the equity accounted 
Reliance Rail hedge reserve of $72.5 million via the income statement to retained earnings. Amortisation in the current year of 
$1.3 million is reflected as an expense in the income statement (refer to Note 1 and Note 4 for further details).

84  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 26. ACqUISITION OF BUSINESSES

2012

During the financial year ended 30 June 2012, there was an addition of goodwill of $1.0 million representing deferred contingent 
consideration in relation to the purchase of the business assets of Corke Instrumentation Engineering, originally acquired in 
FY2009. There were no acquisitions of controlling interest in any businesses during the financial year ended 30 June 2012.

2011

The Group did not acquire any businesses during the financial year ended 30 June 2011.

NOTE 27. DISPOSAl OF SUBSIDIARy

cPG asIa

On 14 December 2011, the Group announced it had signed a Share Sale Agreement with China Architecture Design and Research 
Group (CAG) to sell the CPG Asia business for $147.0 million. The sale of CPG Asia was completed on 30 April 2012.

For the purposes of these financial statements, the CPG Asia business is classified as a discontinued operation. The results of the 
discontinued operations included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income are set out below. The comparative 
results from CPG Asia have been re-presented as discontinued operations in the current year, with the profit on sale recognised 
in the income statement.

resuLts of cPG asIa – dIscontInued oPeratIons

Revenue

Expenses

Profit before income tax

Income tax benefit/(expense)

Net profit from discontinued operations

Profit for the period that is attributable to:

Non-controlling interest

Members of the parent entity

Total profit for the period

Cash flows from discontinued operations

Net cash (used in)/inflow from operating activities

Net cash from investing activities

Net cash (used in)/inflow from financing activities

Net cash (outflows)/inflows

Note

2

7

2012 
$’000 

150,867 

(147,885)

2,982 

2,398 

5,380 

118 

5,262 

5,380 

(893)

3,346 

(22,083)

(19,630)

2011 
$’000 

199,636 

(177,632)

22,004 

(3,422)

18,582 

206 

18,376 

18,582 

2,652 

103 

4,614 

7,369 

annuaL rePort 2012  85

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 27. DISPOSAl OF SUBSIDIARy – CONTINUED

a) Consideration received

Consideration received in cash and cash equivalents

27(d)

147,000 

b) Analysis of assets and liabilities over which control was lost

Note

2012 
$’000 

27(d)

16

17

13(b)

27(d)

23(b)

27(c)

12,610 

69,639 

42 

4,986 

87,277 

2,282 

31,766 

13,727 

622 

48,397 

135,674 

30,404 

1,026 

1,607 

712 

33,749 

2 

376 

113 

491 

34,240 

101,434 

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables

Other financial assets

Other assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Other financial assets

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Provisions 

Current tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Provisions 

Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets disposed

86  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 27. DISPOSAl OF SUBSIDIARy – CONTINUED

c) Gain on disposal of subsidiary

Consideration received

Less

Net assets disposed

Cumulative exchange differences in respect of the net assets of the subsidiary and related 
hedging instruments reclassified from equity to profit and loss on loss of control of subsidiary.

Divestment costs

Gain on disposal

The gain on disposal is included in the profit for the year in the income statement.

d) Net cash inflow on disposal of subsidiary

Consideration received in cash and cash equivalents

Less

Cash and cash equivalent balances disposed of:

 – Cash at bank

 – Overdrafts

Transaction and other divestment costs paid in cash

Net proceeds from sale of business 

Note

2012 
$’000 

147,000 

27(b)

101,434 

3,401 

8,580 

33,585 

4

27(a)

147,000 

27(b)

27(b)

12,610 

(1,026)

6,224 

129,192

NOTE 28. STATEmENT OF CASh FlOWS – ADDITIONAl INFORmATION

a) Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise:

Cash

Short-term deposits 

Bank overdrafts 

Note

37(a)

19

Consolidated

2012 
$’000

2011
$’000

292,672 

4,019 

296,691 

(2)

296,689

286,395 

2,180 

288,575 

(6,343)

282,232 

b) Non-cash financing and investing activities

During the financial year, the Group acquired $21.5 million (2011: $58.3 million) of equipment under finance leases. 
This acquisition will be reflected in the statement of cash flows over the term of the finance lease via lease repayments.

During the current financial year no equity was issued in respect of Dividend Reinvestment Plan elections or under the terms 
of the Employee Discount Share Plan.

During the prior financial year, $27.6 million in equity was issued in respect of: 

i)  Dividend Reinvestment Plan elections $20.0 million; and

ii)  Issue of shares under the terms of the Employee Discount Share Plan $7.6 million.

annuaL rePort 2012  87

 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 28. STATEmENT OF CASh FlOWS – ADDITIONAl INFORmATION – CONTINUED

c) Reconciliation of profit after tax to net cash flows from operating activities

Profit/(loss) after tax for the year

Adjustments for:

Share of joint ventures and associates' profits net of distributions

Depreciation and amortisation of non-current assets

Amortisation of deferred costs

Net gain on sale of property, plant and equipment

(Profit)/loss on disposal of businesses 

Derecognition of hedge reserve relating to Reliance Rail

Foreign exchange loss/(gain)

Decrease in income tax payable

Movement in deferred tax balances

Equity-settled share-based transactions

Impairment of goodwill

Impairment of assets 

Other

Changes in net assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisition 
and disposal of businesses:

(Increase)/decrease in assets:

Current trade and other receivables

Current inventories

Other current assets

Non-current trade and other receivables

Other non-current assets

Increase/(decrease) in liabilities:

Current trade and other payables

Current provisions

Non-current trade and other payables

Non-current provisions

Net cash generated by operating activities 

Consolidated

2012 
$’000

2011
$’000

Note

112,895 

(27,700)

2

3(a)

4

4

3

4

(21,955)

247,168 

3,494 

(5,053)

(33,585)

72,540 

1,113 

1,702 

65,830 

2,237 

18,000 

416 

(1,351)

(13,728)

210,494 

3,582 

(8,490)

441 

 - 

(172)

(1,439)

(27,867)

3,779 

9,770 

2,277 

4,505 

350,556 

183,152 

(389,686)

(90,544)

(13,141)

(1,835)

1,190 

302,063 

94,887 

944 

(2,858)

(98,980)

364,471 

(113,202)

(26,371)

(14,092)

 –

(598)

148,276 

41,575 

2,733 

(8,148)

30,173 

185,625 

88  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 29. COmmITmENTS

a) Capital expenditure commitments

Plant and equipment

Within one year

Between one and five year(s)

b) Operating lease commitments 

Non-cancellable operating leases relate to premises and plant 
and equipment with lease terms of between one to 15 year(s). 

Within one year

Between one and five year(s)

Greater than five years

c) Finance lease commitments

Finance leases relate to plant and equipment with lease terms 
of between one to five year(s). 

Within one year

Between one and five year(s)

Minimum finance lease payments

Future finance charges

Finance lease liabilities

Included in the financial statements as:

Current borrowings 

Non-current borrowings 

d) Hire purchase liabilities

Within one year

Between one and five year(s)

Greater than five years

Minimum hire purchase payments

Future finance charges

Hire purchase liabilities

Included in the financial statements as:

Current borrowings 

Non-current borrowings

e) Other service contracts

Within one year

Between one and five year(s)

Greater than five years

Consolidated

2012 
$’000

2011
$’000

Note 

196,338 

30,593 

226,931 

155,283 

72,589 

227,872 

143,378

223,210

128,141 

494,729

28,328

87,439 

115,767

(15,762)

100,005 

21,472 

78,533 

100,005 

3,589

3,522

– 

7,111

(827)

6,284 

3,236 

3,048 

6,284 

20,561 

77,936 

1,580 

100,077 

134,035 

264,550 

130,202 

528,787 

23,924 

91,777 

115,701 

(19,464)

96,237 

16,995 

79,242 

96,237 

2,241 

4,254 

670 

7,165 

(70)

7,095 

2,206 

4,889 

7,095 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

19

19

19

19

On 29 July 2011, Downer entered a six year contract with Hewlett-Packard Australia Pty Ltd relating to the provision of 
information technology services commencing 1 December 2011.

annuaL rePort 2012  89

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 30. CONTINgENT lIABIlITIES

Consolidated

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

The consolidated entity has bid bonds and performance bonds issued in respect of contract 
performance in the normal course of business for wholly-owned controlled entities.

966,193 

848,715 

In the ordinary course of business: 

i) 

 The Group is called upon to give guarantees and indemnities in respect of the performance by counterparties, including 
controlled entities and related parties, of their contractual and financial obligations. Other than as noted above, these 
guarantees and indemnities are indeterminable in amount.    

ii)   The Group is subject to normal design liability in relation to completed design and construction projects. The Directors are of 
the opinion that there is adequate insurance to cover this area and accordingly, no amounts are recognised in the financial 
statements.

iii)   The Group has entered into various partnerships and joint ventures under which the controlled entity could ultimately be 

jointly and severally liable for the obligations of the partnership or joint venture.

iv)  The Group has the normal contractor’s liability in relation to services and construction contracts, as well as liability for 

personal injury/property damage. This liability may include claims, disputes and/or litigation/arbitration by or against Group 
companies and/or joint venture arrangements in which the Group has an interest. The Group is currently managing a number 
of arbitration/litigation matters in relation to contracts, the most significant of which are set out below: 

  −    A claim by SP PowerAssets Ltd (SPP) in relation to the construction of an electrical services tunnel in Singapore (Project);

  −    A claim by Alstom Limited (Alstom) in relation to construction of the Playford B Power Station; 

  −    A claim by the Group against BHP Billiton Nickel West Pty Ltd for extensions of time and variations associated with the Talc 

Redesign project at Mt. Keith, Western Australia; and 

  −    Some entities in the Group have been named as co-defendants in several proceedings with projects associated with the 

“weathertight” homes issue in New Zealand.

v)   In August 2003, the Group entered an agreement (Agreement) with SP PowerAssets Ltd (SPP) for the design and construction 

of a transmission cable tunnel in Singapore (Project). The contract value was S$85.0 million.

 In November 2005, the Land Transit Authority (LTA) issued a stop work direction for the Project, (Stop Work Direction). Despite 
the fact that the Group complied with the Stop Work Direction and other stipulations imposed by the LTA as best it was 
able, the LTA refused to lift the Stop Work Direction and in March 2006 the Group asserted that the Agreement had become 
frustrated (i.e. the actions of the LTA meant that it was no longer possible to perform the Works as contemplated by the 
Agreement). 

 In November 2006, the Group and SPP entered into a further agreement (Supplemental Agreement) that covered a new 
arrangement for completion of the Project, in the event that the Stop Work Direction was ever lifted. The Project eventually 
recommenced in June 2007 (i.e. 18 months after the Stop Work Direction was issued) and completed in June 2009.

 SPP claims reimbursement of S$85.0 million paid to the Group for completion of the Project under the Supplemental 
Agreement. SPP also claim interest plus legal costs. Attempts to resolve the dispute via mediation were unsuccessful. A 10 
day arbitration hearing took place in Singapore during March 2012 which covered the cross-examination of witnesses and 
presentation of expert witnesses. Written submissions were filed on 14 May 2012 and final reply submissions were filed in early 
July 2012. A decision is expected within one to three months of the final submissions being filed. 

 The Group’s position is that SPP is not entitled to any reimbursement on the basis that the original contract for the Project was 
frustrated and that the Group is entitled to retain amounts paid by SPP under the Supplemental Agreement. More specifically, 
the Group’s position is that there were intervening third party events (namely orders issued by the LTA) which made the 
Agreement impossible to perform as contemplated by the parties.

 A separate High Court action in Singapore has also been commenced by the Group in relation to the dispute, seeking 
declaratory relief (specifically that the Stop Work Direction issued by the LTA was invalid). An unsuccessful strike out 
application was pursued by SPP and the Group is awaiting further orders from the court to progress preparation for hearing 
(which is not expected until early 2013).

 The Group has defended the claim and is awaiting the arbitration decision. In parallel the Group is pursuing the High 
Court proceedings. The Directors are of the opinion that disclosure of any further information related to this claim would be 
prejudicial to the interests of the Group.

90  downer edI LImIted

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 30. CONTINgENT lIABIlITIES – CONTINUED

vi)   In relation to the Alstom Limited claim, Downer Engineering and Yokogawa Australia Pty Limited entered into an 

unincorporated “50/50” joint venture arrangement (YDRML) which was subcontracted by Alstom in August 2002 to 
undertake electrical and control and instrumentation works for the Playford Power Station refurbishment.

 Alstom’s claims arise from alleged defaults and delays concerning the completion of YDRML’s work under the subcontract, 
with the total of the claims being $31.8 million. YDRML issued a counter-claim for payment of liquidated damages wrongfully 
deducted and payment for variations, together with interest and legal costs. YDRML’s counter-claim is more than $20.0 million. 

 On 2 April 2012 the South Australian Supreme Court gave judgement, dismissing Alstom’s claim in full and finding in favour 
of YDRML on its counter-claim, with the declaratory orders on quantum to be determined separately. On 23 July 2012, the 
South Australian Supreme Court awarded interest in favour of YDRML in the sum of $3.6 million. 

 The action in relation to the declaratory orders is ongoing, and the Directors are of the opinion that disclosure of any further 
information related to this claim would be prejudicial to the interests of the Group.

vii)   Former Managing Director Stephen Gillies received an initial award from the New South Wales Supreme Court in the sum of 

$7.8 million, including costs and interest. An appeal by the Group was heard by the Court of Appeal in May 2012 and a decision 
is pending. The Directors are of the opinion that the current provision of $7.8 million raised against this matter is sufficient. 

viii)   IMF (Australia) Ltd has announced to the Australian Securities Exchange that it proposes to fund claims of certain current 

and former Downer EDI shareholders against Downer EDI Ltd. The claim relates to Downer EDI Ltd’s $190.0 million impairment 
to its Waratah rolling stock manufacturing contract announced on 1 June 2010. No claim has been issued. However, the 
Group is aware that a Government Information Public Access request (freedom of information) was made on behalf of 
IMF against RailCorp seeking information about the project. The Group does not currently have sufficient information to 
make any meaningful assessment of the potential claims. No provision has been made in the financial statements.

ix)   The Group previously disclosed provisions in relation to Ramu Highway, Sembawang, Port Botany Terminal and Laverton 
Power Station disputes in relation to contracts for completed projects. All these historical disputes have been settled 
during the current financial year. A claim by CECA France in relation to a commercial dispute over a bitumen additive 
purchase contract has also been settled during the financial year. These settlements did not have a material impact on the 
consolidated income statement in the current year.

x) 

 Under the terms of the agreement reached between the NSW Government and Reliance Rail, the Group has a contingent 
commitment to pay Reliance Rail $12.5 million in 2018 should it be required to refinance Reliance Rail’s senior debt. 

NOTE 31. RENDERINg OF SERvICES AND CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS

Cumulative contracts in progress as at reporting date:

Cumulative costs incurred plus recognised profits 
less recognised losses to date

Less: progress billings

Less: provision for Waratah Train Project(i)

Net amount 

Recognised and included in the financial statements as amounts due:

From customers under contracts – current 

To customers under contracts – current 

Net amount 

Consolidated

2012 
$’000

2011
$’000

Note 

11,528,012

10,187,145 

(10,774,807)

(9,509,730)

(164,108)

589,097 

(254,598)

422,817 

899,461 

(310,364)

589,097 

702,893 

(280,076)

422,817 

11

11

18

(i)   Provision for waratah train Project reflects total provision established against the contract of $440.0 million, less $90.5 million of provision 

utilised during the financial year ended 30 June 2012 and $185.4 million utilised during the financial year ended 30 June 2011.

NOTE 32. SUBSEqUENT EvENTS

At the date of this report there is no matter or circumstance that has arisen since 30 June 2012 that has significantly affected, 
or may significantly affect:

(a) The Group’s operations in future financial years;

(b) The results of those operations in future financial years; or

(c) The Group’s state of affairs in future financial years.

annuaL rePort 2012  91

 
 
 
Country of 
incorporation

Ownership interest

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 33. CONTROllED ENTITIES

Name of controlled entity

Advanced Separation Engineering Australia Pty Ltd

CA Facilities Pte Ltd (i)

Century Administration Pty Limited (vi)

Chan Lian Construction Pte Ltd

Chang Chun Ao Da Technical Consulting Co Ltd

Choad Pty Ltd (vi)

Construction Professionals Pte Ltd (i)

Coomes AC Consulting Pty Ltd (vi)

Coomes Consulting Group Unit Trust

Corke Instrument Engineering (Australia) Pty Ltd (vi)

CPG Advisory (Shanghai) Co. Ltd (i)

CPG Australia Pty Ltd

CPG Consultants (Macau) Pte Ltd (i)

CPG Consultants India Pvt Ltd (i)

CPG Consultants Pte Ltd (i)

CPG Consultants Qatar W.L.L (i)

CPG Corporation Pte Ltd (i)

CPG Environmental Engineering Co. Ltd (i)

CPG Facilities Management Pte Ltd (i)

CPG Holdings Pte. Ltd. 

CPG Hubin (Suzhou) Pte Ltd (i) 

CPG Investments Pte Ltd (i)

CPG New Zealand Limited

CPGreen Pte. Ltd.(i)

CPG Resources – QCC Pty Ltd 

CPG Resources Pty Ltd

Australia

Singapore

Australia

Singapore

China

Australia

Singapore

Australia

Australia

Australia

China

Australia

Macau

India

Singapore

Qatar

Singapore

China

Singapore

Singapore

Singapore

Singapore

New Zealand

Singapore

Australia

Australia

CPG Resources – Mineral Technologies (Proprietary) Ltd

South Africa

CPG Resources – Mineral Technologies (USA) Inc

USA

CPG Resources – Mining and Mineral Services (Proprietary) Ltd 

South Africa

CPG Traffic Pty Ltd (vi)

CPG Vietnam Co Ltd (i)

CPGCorp Philippines Inc.(i)

DCE Limited 

Dean Adams Consulting Pty Ltd

DGL Investments Limited

DMQA Technical Services (UK) Limited (vi)

DMQA Training Limited (vi)

Downer Australia Pty Ltd 

Downer Bitumen Surfacing Limited (i)

Downer Construction (Fiji) Limited 

Downer Construction (New Zealand) Limited

92  downer edI LImIted

Australia

Vietnam

Philippines

New Zealand

Australia

New Zealand

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Australia

New Zealand

Fiji

New Zealand

2012  
%

100 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

 – 

100 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

100 

 – 

 – 

100 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

70 

100 

 – 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

 – 

100 

100 

2011  
%

100 

51 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

75 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

70 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 33. CONTROllED ENTITIES – CONTINUED

Name of controlled entity

Downer Construction PNG Ltd

Downer EDI (UK) Limited (i)

Downer EDI (USA) Inc.(i)

Downer EDI (USA) Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Consulting Pty Ltd

Country of 
incorporation

Ownership interest

PNG

United Kingdom

USA

Australia

Australia

Downer EDI Engineering Communications Limited 

New Zealand

Downer EDI Engineering Company Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Construction (Australia) Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering CWH Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Electrical Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Group Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Group Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings (Thailand) Limited 

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Power Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Power Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Thailand Limited 

Downer EDI Engineering (M) Sdn Bhd 

Downer EDI Engineering (S) Pte Ltd 

Downer EDI Engineering Transmission Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Finance (NZ) Limited

Downer EDI Group Finance (NZ) Limited 

Downer EDI Group Insurance Pte Ltd 

Downer EDI Limited (i)

Downer EDI Mining NZ Limited

Downer EDI Mining Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Mining – Blasting Services Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Mining – Minerals Exploration Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Properties Limited (i)

Downer EDI Rail (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer EDI Rail (USA) LLC (i)

Downer EDI Rail Pty Ltd 

Downer EDI Resources Holdings Pty Ltd (iv)(vi)

Downer EDI Services Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Works (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd 

Downer EDI Works Vanuatu Limited

Downer Energy Systems Pty Limited

Downer Group Finance International Pty Ltd

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

New Zealand

Australia

Thailand

Australia

New Zealand

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Thailand

Malaysia

Singapore

Australia

New Zealand

New Zealand

Singapore

United Kingdom

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Australia

New Zealand

Hong Kong

USA

Australia

Australia

Australia

Hong Kong

Australia

Vanuatu

Australia

Australia

2012  
%

100 

 – 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

 – 

100 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

2011  
%

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

annuaL rePort 2012  93

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 33. CONTROllED ENTITIES – CONTINUED

Name of controlled entity

Downer Group Finance Pty Limited 

Downer Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer MBL Limited (i)

Downer MBL Pty Limited (vi)

Downer New Zealand Limited

Downer Number 1 Limited (i)

Downer Number 2 Limited (i)

Downer NZ Finance Pty Ltd (vi)

Downer PPP Investments Pty Ltd

Downer Pte Ltd

Duffill Watts Pte Ltd 

Duffill Watts Vietnam Ltd

EDI Rail (Maryborough) Pty Ltd (vi)

EDI Rail Investments Pty Ltd (vi)

EDI Rail PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd

EDICO Pty Ltd 

Emoleum Partnership

Emoleum Road Services Pty Ltd 

Emoleum Roads Group Pty Limited 

Emoleum Services Pty Limited 

Evans Deakin Industries Pty Ltd 

Faxgroove Pty Limited

Gaden Drilling Pty Limited (vi)

Indeco Consortium Pte Ltd (i) 

Kiwi Pacific Investments Limited (i)

Locomotive Demand Power Pty Ltd

Lowan (Management) Pty Ltd

Mineral Technologies (Holdings) Pty Ltd (ii)

Mineral Technologies Pty Ltd (v)

Country of 
incorporation

Australia

Australia

New Zealand

Australia

New Zealand

New Zealand

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Singapore

Singapore

Vietnam

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Singapore

New Zealand

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Miningtek Consultants and Services Limited (i)

British Virgin Islands

Otraco Brasil Gerenciamento de Pneus Ltda 

Otraco Canada Inc 

Otraco Chile SA 

Otraco International Pty Ltd

Otracom Pty Ltd

Otraco Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd

Peridian Asia Pte Ltd (i)

Peridian India Pvt Ltd (i)

PM Link Pte Ltd (i) 

Primary Producers Improvers Pty Ltd

PT Duffill Watts Indonesia 

94  downer edI LImIted

Brazil

Canada

Chile

Australia

Australia

South Africa

Singapore

India

Singapore

Australia

Indonesia 

Ownership interest

2012  
%

2011  
%

100 

100 

 – 

100 

100 

 – 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

 – 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

 – 

 – 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 33. CONTROllED ENTITIES – CONTINUED

Name of controlled entity

PT Otraco Indonesia 

QCC Resources Pty Ltd (vii)

Rail Services Victoria Pty Ltd

REJV Services Pty Ltd

Reussi Pty Limited 

Richter Drilling (PNG) Limited

Rimtec Pty Ltd

Rimtec USA Inc. 

Roche Bros. (Hong Kong) Limited 

Roche Bros. Superannuation Pty Ltd

Roche Castings Pty Limited (vi)

Roche Contractors Pty Ltd (vi)

Roche Highwall Mining Pty Ltd

Roche Mining (MT) Brasil Ltda

Roche Mining (PNG) Ltd 

Roche Mining MT India Pvt Ltd 

Roche Services Pty Ltd

RPC Roads Pty Ltd

SACH Infrastructure Pty Ltd

Shanghai CPG Architectural Design Co. Ltd (i)

Sillars (B. & C.E.) Ltd

Sillars (FRC) Ltd (vi)

Sillars (TMWC) Limited (vi)

Sillars (TMWD) Limited

Sillars Holdings Limited

Sillars Road Construction Limited

Singleton Bahen Stansfield Pty Ltd (vi)

Snowden Consultoria do Brasil Limitada

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants (Pty) Ltd 

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Inc. 

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Limited 

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Pty Ltd

Snowden Mining Technologies Limited 

Snowden Technologies Pty Ltd 

Snowden Training (Pty) Ltd 

Southern Asphalters Pty Ltd

Suzhou PM Link Co Ltd (i)

Techtel Training & Development Ltd (iii)

TSE Wall Arlidge Limited

TSG Architects Pte. Ltd.(i) 

Underground Locators Limited

Country of 
incorporation

Indonesia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

PNG

Australia

USA

Hong Kong

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Brazil

PNG

India

Australia

Australia

Australia

China

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Australia

Brazil

South Africa

Canada

United Kingdom

Australia

British Virgin Islands

Australia

South Africa

Australia

China

New Zealand

New Zealand

Singapore

New Zealand

Ownership interest

2012  
%

2011  
%

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

–

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

 – 

90 

100 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

60 

90 

100 

100 

100 

annuaL rePort 2012  95

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 33. CONTROllED ENTITIES – CONTINUED

Name of controlled entity

Waste Solutions Limited 

Welshpool Engineering Pty Ltd (i)

Works Finance (NZ) Limited

Works Infrastructure (Holdings) Limited 

Works Infrastructure Harker Underground Construction 
Joint Venture Limited

Works Infrastructure Limited 

Country of 
incorporation

Ownership interest

New Zealand

Australia

New Zealand

United Kingdom

New Zealand

United Kingdom

2012  
%

100 

 – 

100 

100 

100 

100 

2011  
%

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

(i)  Indicates entities disposed, amalgamated or deregistered during the financial year ended 30 June 2012.

(ii)  formerly cPG resources – mt holdings Pty Ltd.

(iii) formerly dJc & associates Limited.

(iv) formerly downer edI resources holdings Limited.

(v) formerly cPG resources – mineral technologies Pty Ltd.

(vi) Indicates entities currently undergoing liquidation as part of a corporate simplification process. 

(vii) formerly downer edI engineering – Projects Pty Ltd.

NOTE 34. RElATED PARTy INFORmATION AND KEy mANAgEmENT PERSONNEl DISClOSURES 

a) Key management personnel

  Directors

  R M Harding, Chairman, appointed 3 November 2010

  G A Fenn, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, appointed 30 July 2010

S A Chaplain, Non-executive Director, appointed 1 July 2008

L Di Bartolomeo, Non-executive Director, appointed 22 June 2006

  P S Garling, Non-executive Director, appointed 24 November 2011

E A Howell, Non-executive Director, appointed 16 January 2012

J S Humphrey, Non-executive Director, appointed 11 April 2001

  K G Sanderson, Non-executive Director, appointed 16 January 2012

  C G Thorne, Non-executive Director, appointed 1 July 2010

  Key Management Executives

  P Borden, Chief Executive Officer – Downer Rail

  C Bruyn, Chief Executive Officer – Downer New Zealand & United Kingdom

 D Cattell, Chief Executive Officer – Downer Infrastructure, appointed 1 May 2012,  
Chief Executive Officer – Downer Australia to 30 April 2012

  K Fletcher, Chief Financial Officer

  D Overall, Chief Executive Officer – Downer Mining

96  downer edI LImIted

 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 34. RElATED PARTy INFORmATION AND KEy mANAgEmENT PERSONNEl DISClOSURES – CONTINUED

b) Key management personnel compensation

  Details of key management personnel compensation are disclosed in Note 35.

c) Other transactions with Directors

 A Director of the Company, J S Humphrey, has an interest as a partner in the firm King Wood Mallesons, solicitors (formerly 
Mallesons Stephen Jacques). This firm renders legal advice to the consolidated entity in the ordinary course of business under 
normal commercial terms and conditions. The amount of fees paid and recognised was $418,953 (2011: $817,244).

d) Transactions with other related parties: 

 Transactions with other related parties are made on normal commercial terms and conditions. The following transactions 
with other related parties, where a Director of the Company also has a directorship or association, occurred during the 
financial year ended 30 June 2012: 

Key management 
personnel

Entity

L Di Bartolomeo

Australian Rail Track Corporation Limited

Macquarie Generation

Australian Industry Group

Australian Super Limited

C G Thorne

Downer Clough JV

G A Fenn and  
S A Chaplain

KDR Gold Coast Pty Ltd

G A Fenn

KDR Victoria Pty Ltd

P Borden

Australian Constructors Association Limited

EDI Rail Bombardier Transportation 
(Maintenance) Pty Ltd

EDI Rail Bombardier Transportation Pty Ltd

D Overall

Minerals Council of Australia

e) Transactions within the wholly-owned Group

Transaction type

Sales of goods 
and services
$’000

Purchase of 
goods
$’000

132,806 

1,660 

 – 

 – 

1,381 

1,080 

3,450

 – 

35 

43,742 

 – 

126 

 – 

218 

556 

 – 

 – 

 – 

39 

 – 

2,646 

726 

 Aggregate amounts receivable from and payable to wholly-owned subsidiaries are included within total assets and liabilities 
balances as disclosed in Note 38. Amounts contributed to the defined contribution plan are disclosed in Note 3.

 Other transactions occurred during the financial year between entities in the wholly-owned Group on normal arm’s length 
commercial terms.

f)  Equity interests in related parties

Equity interests in subsidiaries

  Details of the percentage of ordinary shares held in controlled entities are disclosed in Note 33. 

Equity interests in associates and joint ventures

  Details of interests in associates and joint ventures are disclosed in Note 15.

g) Controlling entity

The parent entity of the Group is Downer EDI Limited.

annuaL rePort 2012  97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 34. RElATED PARTy INFORmATION AND KEy mANAgEmENT PERSONNEl DISClOSURES – CONTINUED

h)  Key management personnel equity holdings 

  Key management personnel equity holdings in fully paid ordinary shares issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows: 

2012

R M Harding

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

G A Fenn

P S Garling

E A Howell

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson

C G Thorne

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell

K Fletcher

D Overall

2011

R M Harding

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

J S Humphrey

C G Thorne

G A Fenn (i)

P Borden

C Bruyn

D Cattell

S Cinerari (ii)

K Fletcher

D Overall

Balance at
 1 July 2011

Net  
change

Balance at
30 June 2012

No.

 – 

50,137 

60,903 

80,959 

 – 

 – 

67,982 

 – 

13,750 

1,500 

1,800 

138,945 

35,000 

 – 

No.

5,780 

 – 

 – 

No.

5,780 

50,137 

60,903 

265,102 

346,061 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

12,000 

 – 

 – 

32,236 

20,000 

12,216 

 – 

 – 

67,982 

 – 

25,750 

1,500 

1,800 

171,181 

55,000 

12,216 

450,976 

347,334 

798,310 

Balance at
 1 July 2010

Net  
change

Balance at
30 June 2011

No.

 – 

19,609

47,959

54,226

 – 

 – 

1,000

1,500

9,059

1,843

3,000

 – 

No.

 – 

30,528 

12,944 

13,756 

13,750 

80,959 

500 

300 

129,886 

(1,043)

32,000 

 – 

No.

 – 

50,137 

60,903 

67,982 

13,750 

80,959 

1,500 

1,800 

138,945 

800 

35,000 

 – 

138,196 

313,580 

451,776 

(i)   excludes 250,525 sign-on shares and 14,577 shares acquired under the accelerated renounceable rights offer attached to those shares that 

vested on 1 July 2011. 

(ii) Included in comparatives to acknowledge KmP status for one quarter of the year ended 30 June 2011.

98  downer edI LImIted

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 34. RElATED PARTy INFORmATION AND KEy mANAgEmENT PERSONNEl DISClOSURES – CONTINUED

Key management personnel equity holdings in performance options issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows:

2012 
No movement in equity holdings in performance options for D Cattell, C Bruyn and P Borden were registered during 
the financial year. 

2011

D Cattell

C Bruyn

S Cinerari (i)

P Borden

Balance at
 1 July 2010

Net change

No.

34,863 

24,481 

19,016 

5,140 

83,500 

No.

(34,863)

(24,481)

(19,016)

(5,140)

(83,500)

Balance at
30 June 2011

No.

– 

–

–

–

–

(i)  Included in comparatives to acknowledge KmP status for one quarter of the year ended 30 June 2011.

Key management personnel equity holdings in performance rights issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows:

2012 

No movement in equity holdings in performance rights for D Cattell, C Bruyn and P Borden were registered during 
the financial year.

2011

D Cattell

C Bruyn

S Cinerari (i)

P Borden

Balance at
 1 July 2010

Net  
change

Balance at
30 June 2011

No.

11,000 

7,724 

6,000 

1,622 

26,346 

No.

(11,000)

(7,724)

(6,000)

(1,622)

(26,346)

No.

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(i)  Included in comparatives to acknowledge KmP status for one quarter of the year ended 30 June 2011.

annuaL rePort 2012  99

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 35. KEy mANAgEmENT PERSONNEl COmPENSATION

Key management personnel compensation

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

Consolidated

2012 
$ 

13,039,184

882,876

1,749,000

2011 
$ 

9,959,936 

3,757,805 

1,392,500 

15,671,060

15,110,241 

NOTE 36. EmPlOyEE DISCOUNT ShARE PlAN

An employee discount share plan was instituted in June 2005. In accordance with the provisions of the plan, as approved 
by shareholders at the 1998 Annual General Meeting, permanent full and part-time employees of Downer EDI Limited and 
its subsidiary companies who have completed six months service may be invited to participate.

No shares were issued under the Employee Discount Share Plan during the year ended 30 June 2012 (2011: 1,884,000 shares 
issued for a total value of $7.6 million). Refer to Note 24.

NOTE 37. FINANCIAl INSTRUmENTS

(a) Capital risk management

The capital structure of the consolidated entity consists of debt and equity. The consolidated entity may vary its capital structure 
by adjusting the amount of dividends, returning capital to shareholders, issuing new shares, or increasing or reducing debt.

The consolidated entity’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to operate as a going concern so that 
it can meet all its financial obligations when they fall due, to provide adequate returns to shareholders and to maintain an 
appropriate capital structure to optimise its cost of capital. The consolidated entity’s capital management strategy remains 
unchanged from 2011.

The consolidated entity monitors its gearing ratio determined as the ratio of net debt to total capitalisation. The gearing ratios 
at 30 June 2012 and 30 June 2011 were as follows: 

Current borrowings

Non-current borrowings

Gross debt (i)

Adjustment for the mark to market of derivatives and deferred 
finance charges

Adjusted gross debt

Less: cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Equity (ii)

Total capitalisation (Net debt + Equity)

Gearing ratio (iii)

Off balance sheet debt

Operating leases (iv)

Gearing ratio (including off balance sheet debt)

(i)  Gross debt is defined as all borrowings. 

(ii) equity consists of all capital and reserves. 

(iii) net debt/total capitalisation. 

Note

19 

19 

9 

Consolidated 

2012 
$’000 

180,938 

437,972 

618,910 

46,545 

665,455 

(296,691)

368,764 

1,617,700 

1,986,464 

18.6%

2011 
$’000 

165,121 

567,665 

732,786 

48,286 

781,072 

(288,575)

492,497 

1,442,385 

1,934,882 

25.5%

298,994

29.2%

241,299 

33.7%

(iv)  the Group enters into operating leases with respect to plant and equipment (excluding real property) utilised in its businesses. the 

present value of these leases at 30 June 2012 discounted at 10 per cent per annum (discount rate prescribed by the loan covenant) 
was $299.0 million (June 2011: $241.3 million). 

100  downer edI LImIted

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 37. FINANCIAl INSTRUmENTS – CONTINUED

(b) Financial risk management objectives

The consolidated entity’s Treasury function manages the Group’s funding, liquidity and financial risks. These risks include foreign 
exchange, interest rate, commodity and counterparty credit risk.

The consolidated entity may enter into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign exchange 
rates, interest rates and commodity prices, including: 

i)   Forward foreign exchange contracts (outright forwards and options) to hedge the exchange rate risk arising from cross border 

trade flows, foreign income and debt service obligations;

ii)  Cross currency interest rate swaps to manage the currency risk associated with currency denominated borrowings;

iii)  Interest rate swaps to mitigate the risk of rising interest rates; and

iv) Fuel Index derivatives in relation to its input costs.

The consolidated entity does not enter into or trade financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for 
speculative purposes. The use of financial derivatives is governed by the consolidated entity’s Treasury Policy, which provides 
written principles on the use of financial derivatives. 

(c) Accounting policies

Details of the accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and 
the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity 
instrument are disclosed in Note 1.

(d) Foreign currency risk management

The consolidated entity undertakes certain transactions denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, exposures to exchange 
rate fluctuations arise. Exchange rate exposures are managed within approved policy parameters, utilising forward foreign 
exchange contracts, options and cross currency swaps.

The carrying amounts of the consolidated entity’s significant foreign currency denominated financial assets and financial 
liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

Consolidated

US dollar (USD)

New Zealand dollar (NZD)

Great British pound (GBP)

Euro (EUR)

Singapore dollar (SGD)

Financial assets(i)

Financial liabilities(i)

2012 
$’000 

25,594 

4,666 

7,429 

14,760

 – 

52,449

2011 
$’000 

23,608 

395 

710 

4,125 

236 

2012 
$’000 

14,910

189 

4,706 

2,588 

 –  

29,074 

22,393

2011 
$’000 

2,026 

1,449 

162 

454 

9 

4,100 

(i)  the above table shows foreign currency financial assets and liabilities in australian dollar equivalent.

The above table excludes foreign currency financial assets and liabilities which have been hedged back into Australian dollars.

annuaL rePort 2012  101

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 37. FINANCIAl INSTRUmENTS – CONTINUED

foreIGn currency forward contracts

The following table summarises by currency the Australian dollar (AUD) value (unless otherwise stated) of major forward 
exchange contracts outstanding as at reporting date:

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average 
exchange rate

Foreign currency

Contract value

Fair value

2012 

2011 

2012 
FC’000 

2011 
FC’000 

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

Buy USD / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy AUD / Sell USD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy EUR / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy CNY / Sell USD 

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy KRW / Sell USD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

0.8947

0.9351

0.9305

0.9057

0.9678

0.9738

0.6544

0.6374

0.7222

6.2726

6.2324

6.2537

0.9122 

0.8769 

0.8310 

0.9668 

0.9167 

0.8740 

0.5386 

0.6300 

0.6028 

81,330

81,603 

57,007 

43,298 

90,902

87,271 

62,492 

49,375 

146,758 

200,360 

157,718 

241,098 

(11,166)

(6,575)

(9,853)

(8,793)

(8,287)

(42,935)

309,691

300,665 

335,891

352,965 

(27,594)

(60,015)

3,031

2,949 

2,275 

8,255

24,056

19,439 

48,377

91,872

7,150 

5,801 

7,401 

20,352 

8,117 

31,986 

60,692 

3,346

3,047 

2,336 

8,729

7,396 

6,328 

8,468 

22,192 

371 

136 

70 

577 

652 

791 

1,228 

2,671 

36,760

30,497 

15,068 

50,769 

66,984

100,691 

(6,903)

(6,073)

(4,365)

(4,031)

(6,887)

(15,261)

100,795 

134,241

166,528 

(17,341)

(26,179)

6.5193 

135,845 

139,480 

137,914 

101,422 

21,657 

22,128 

627,727

588,933 

100,378

6.4543 

6.2460 

901,486 

829,835 

144,163 

131,399 

21,395 

15,714 

94,290 

 – 

4,791 

4,758 

9,549 

1,912 

1,778 

8,673 

(198)

(450)

(2,528)

(3,176)

(17)

(15)

(70)

(102)

(348)

(381)

(408)

12,363 

(1,137)

201 

242 

 –  

443 

3 

 –  

 –  

3 

184 

35 

(1,529)

(1,310)

 – 

1,242 

1,220 

2,462 

(383)

(377)

(1,740)

(2,500)

7 

(2)

 –  

5 

– 

1,136.9 

1,138.3 

 –  

2,500,000 

 –  

1,374.0 

2,000,000 

6,583,000 

Later than 6 months

1,140.2 

1,383.5 

6,500,000 

6,583,000 

11,000,000

13,166,000 

Buy GBP / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy AUD / Sell ZAR

Less than 3 months

3 to 6 months

Later than 6 months

Buy NZD / Sell AUD

0.5040 

0.5058 

0.4956 

0.5311 

0.5166 

0.5038 

8.2421

8.4207 

8.5586 

7.0138

7.3268 

 –  

778 

900 

914 

2,592 

1,463 

743 

294 

2,500

1,016 

918 

4,369 

6,303 

1,412 

1,770 

 –  

3,182 

2,199 

1,757 

5,701 

9,657

1,544 

1,779 

1,844 

5,167 

177 

88 

34 

299 

Later than 6 months

1.2299

–

5,134

– 

 4,174  

– 

(120)

102  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 37. FINANCIAl INSTRUmENTS – CONTINUED

cross currency Interest rate swaPs

Under cross currency interest rate swaps, the consolidated entity has agreed to exchange certain foreign currency loan 
principal and interest amounts at agreed future dates at fixed exchange rates. Such contracts enable the consolidated entity  
to eliminate the risk of adverse movements in foreign exchange rates related to foreign currency denominated borrowings.

The following table details the Australian dollar equivalent of cross currency interest rate swaps outstanding as at reporting date: 

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average 
interest rate

Weighted average 
exchange rate

Contract value

Fair value

2012 
%

2011 
%

2012  

2011 

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

Buy USD / Sell AUD

Less than 1 year 

2 to 5 years

5 years or more

Buy SGD/Sell AUD

Less than 1 year 

Buy NZD / Sell AUD

Less than 1 year 

1 to 2 years

 – 

8.0 

6.8 

6.8 

8.0 

6.8 

 – 

 0.7217 

 – 

2,772 

 – 

(898)

 0.6787 

 0.6787 

103,141 

103,141 

(34,750)

(33,387)

 0.7220 

 0.7220 

9,695 

9,695 

(2,030)

(1,935)

112,836 

115,608 

(36,780)

(36,220)

 – 

8.8 

 – 

1.1845 

 – 

50,654 

 – 

(5,546)

10.0 

 – 

 – 

10.0 

 1.2384 

 – 

28,887 

 – 

1.2384 

 – 

28,887 

 – 

28,887 

28,887 

(897)

 – 

(897)

 – 

(873)

(873)

The above cross currency interest rate swap contracts are designated and effective as cash flow hedges. 

annuaL rePort 2012  103

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 37. FINANCIAl INSTRUmENTS – CONTINUED

foreIGn currency sensItIvIty anaLysIs

The Group is mainly exposed to the following foreign currencies: United States dollar (USD), Euro (EUR), Chinese yuan (CNY), 
New Zealand dollar (NZD) and Great British pound (GBP).

The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to movement in the Australian dollar against relevant foreign currencies. 
The percentages disclosed below represent Management’s assessment of the possible changes in spot foreign exchange 
rates (i.e. forward exchange points and discount factors have been kept constant). The sensitivity analysis includes only 
outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a given 
percentage change in foreign currency rates.

A positive number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity and a negative number indicates a before-tax decrease 
in profit and equity.

Consolidated

USD impact

– 20% rate change

+ 20% rate change

EUR impact

– 15% rate change

+ 15% rate change

CNY impact

– 10% rate change

+ 10% rate change

NZD impact

– 10% rate change

+ 10% rate change

GBP impact

– 15% rate change

+ 15% rate change

Profit/(loss)(i)

Equity(ii)

2012 
$’000 

2,671

(1,781)

2,148

(1,588)

 – 

 – 

497 

(407)

481 

(355)

2011 
$’000 

5,396 

(3,597)

648 

(479)

 – 

 – 

(117)

96 

97 

(71)

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

74,811 

(49,874)

16,980 

(16,980)

15,118 

(12,387)

443 

(362)

594 

(594)

67,707 

(45,138)

20,088 

(20,088)

13,591 

(11,092)

317 

(388)

1,411 

(1,411)

(i)   this is mainly as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts not designated in a hedge relationship, foreign 

currency investments, receivables and payables at year end in the consolidated entity.

(ii)  this is as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges.

In Management’s opinion, the sensitivity analysis is not fully representative of the inherent foreign exchange risk as the year end 
exposure does not necessarily reflect the exposure during the course of the year.   

104  downer edI LImIted

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 37. FINANCIAl INSTRUmENTS – CONTINUED

(e) Interest rate risk management

The consolidated entity is exposed to interest rate risk as entities borrow funds at both fixed and floating interest rates. The risk is 
managed by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings and hedging is undertaken through 
interest rate swap contracts or the issue of fixed rate debt securities.

The consolidated entity’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in the table below:

Weighted average effective 
interest rate

Consolidated

2012 
%

2011 
%

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

Floating interest rates – cash flow exposure

Bank overdrafts (i)

Bank loans

AUD 

GBP

SGD

THB

AUD medium term notes:

Series 2010-1

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash flow exposure – total

Fixed interest rates – fair value exposure

Bank loans 

AUD

SGD

USD notes 

AUD medium term notes:

Series 2009-1

Series 2009-2 

NZD Works Bonds

NZD (ii)

Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities

Fair value exposure – total

5.1 

5.8 

 – 

2.2 

 – 

7.3 

3.5 

5.6

 –  

7.8 

7.2 

9.8 

9.7 

7.7 

2.6 

7.6 

2.6 

3.2 

3.4 

7.9 

4.3 

2.9 

5.1 

7.8 

7.2 

9.8 

9.7 

8.5 

2 

6,343 

19,116 

 – 

1,165 

 – 

44,100 

(296,691)

(232,308)

29,974 

 – 

112,965 

83,420 

150,000 

118,424 

106,289 

601,072 

78,022 

12,244 

38,970 

3,633 

56,700 

(288,575)

(92,663)

5,126 

7,687 

109,769 

92,292 

150,000 

116,954 

103,332 

585,160 

All interest rates in the above table reflect rates in the currency of the relevant loan.

(i)  Bank overdrafts located in australia (aud denominated).   

(ii)  nZd150.0 million fixed rate bonds; partial amount swapped from fixed rate nZd to fixed rate aud. 

The value of the interest rate and cross currency swaps have been included in the debt numbers above.

annuaL rePort 2012  105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 37. FINANCIAl INSTRUmENTS – CONTINUED

Interest rate swaP contracts

The consolidated entity uses interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate exposures. Under the interest rate swap 
contracts, the consolidated entity agrees to exchange the differences between fixed and floating rate interest amounts 
calculated on agreed notional principal amounts. The fair values of interest rate swaps are based on market values of 
equivalent instruments at the reporting date.  

The following tables detail the interest rate swap contracts and related notional principal amounts as at the reporting date:

Outstanding floating for 
fixed contracts

Weighted average interest 
rate (including margin)

Notional principal amount

Fair value

AUD interest rate swaps

2 to 5 years

5 years or more

SGD interest rate swaps

Less than 1 year

2012 
% 

5.0 

5.2 

2011 
% 

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

–

5.1

22,809 

79,743 

102,552 

 – 

120,397 

120,397 

(833)

(3,677)

(4,510)

 – 

2.2 

 – 

 – 

7,567 

7,567 

 – 

 – 

2011 
$’000 

 – 

1,028 

1,028 

(121)

(121)

The above interest rate swap contracts exchanging floating rate interest for fixed rate interest are designated as effective cash 
flow hedges. 

Interest rate sensItIvIty anaLysIs

The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates at the reporting date and assuming 
that the rate change occurs at the beginning of the financial year and is then held constant throughout the reporting year.

The selected percentage increase or decrease represents Management’s assessment of the possible change in interest 
rates. A positive number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity and a negative number indicates a before-tax 
decrease in profit and equity.

Sensitivities have been based on an increase in interest rates by 1.0 per cent per annum and a decrease by 1.0 per cent per 
annum across the yield curve. 

Increase in rate

Profit or loss (i)

Equity (ii)

Decrease in rate

Profit or loss (i)

Equity (ii)

Consolidated 

2012 
$’000 

2,326 

3,384 

(2,327)

(3,516)

2011 
$’000 

918 

4,368 

(918)

(4,563)

(i)   this is mainly attributable to the consolidated entity’s exposure to interest rates on its unhedged floating cash flow exposure (borrowings 

and cash and cash equivalents).

(ii)  this is mainly on account of the change in valuation of the interest rate swaps and cross currency interest rate swaps held by the 

consolidated entity and designated as cash flow hedges.

106  downer edI LImIted

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 37. FINANCIAl INSTRUmENTS – CONTINUED

(f) Commodity price risk

The consolidated entity is exposed to commodity price risks arising from variability in the bitumen price. The consolidated 
entity uses Fuel Oil Index derivative contracts to manage this commodity price exposure on the value of bitumen inventory. 
The bitumen hedges are designated as fair value hedges of bitumen inventory.

Commodity price risk sensitivity

The sensitivity analysis on commodity price risk has not been disclosed as the amount is not material due to the offsetting 
impact of the fuel oil hedge and inventory valuations.

(g) Credit risk management

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations, resulting in financial loss to the 
consolidated entity. The consolidated entity has adopted the policy of only dealing with highly rated counterparties. The 
consolidated entity’s exposure and the credit ratings of its counterparties are continuously monitored and transactions are 
spread among approved counterparties.

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across diverse industries and geographical areas. Ongoing 
credit evaluation is performed on the financial condition of trade receivables counterparties and where appropriate insurance 
cover is obtained. Refer to Note 11 for details on credit risk arising from trade and other receivables.

The credit risk on derivative financial instruments is limited in terms of Treasury Policy to counterparties that have minimum 
long-term credit ratings from Standard & Poor’s of no less than A+. Due to the downward migration of the credit ratings of two 
existing bank counterparties over recent years, the consolidated entity has exposure to one bank rated A and another rated 
BBB by Standard & Poor’s. These counterparties were rated at A+ or higher when the transactions were originally executed.

Credit risk arising from cash balances held with banks is managed by Group Treasury. Investments of surplus funds are made 
only with approved counterparties and within approved credit limits assigned to each counterparty.

Counterparty credit limits are reviewed by the Board from time to time. The limits are set to minimise the concentration of risks 
and therefore mitigate financial loss through potential counterparty default. No material exposure is considered to exist by 
virtue of the non-performance of any financial counterparty.

The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements, net of any allowances for losses, represents the 
consolidated entity’s maximum exposure to credit risk. 

(h) Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk arises from the possibility that the consolidated entity is unable to settle a transaction on the due date. The ultimate 
liquidity risk management rests with the Board of Directors, which has built an appropriate risk management framework for the 
consolidated entity’s funding and liquidity management requirements.

The consolidated entity manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves and committed undrawn debt facilities, 
by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and where possible by matching the maturity profiles of financial 
assets and liabilities. Included in Note 20 is a listing of committed undrawn debt facilities.

annuaL rePort 2012  107

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 37. FINANCIAl INSTRUmENTS – CONTINUED

LIquIdIty rIsK taBLes

The following tables detail the consolidated entity’s contractual maturity for its financial liabilities. The tables have been drawn 
up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on contractual maturities. The tables include both interest 
and principal cash flows.

Total borrowings including interest

191,650 

203,686 

110,935 

32,072 

21,319 

21,904

$’000

2012

Financial liabilities

Trade payables

Bank overdrafts

Supplier finance

Bank loans 

USD notes 

AUD medium term notes (Series 2009-1)

AUD medium term notes (Series 2009-2)

AUD medium term notes (Series 2010-1)

NZD Bonds

Finance lease and hire 
purchase liabilities

Derivative instruments(i)

Cross currency interest rate swaps

 – Receive leg

 – Pay leg

Interest rate swaps

Foreign currency forward contracts

Total

2011

Financial liabilities

Trade payables

Bank overdrafts

Supplier finance

Bank loans 

USD notes 

AUD medium term notes (Series 2009-1)

AUD medium term notes (Series 2009-2)

AUD medium term notes (Series 2010-1)

NZD Bonds

Less than
1 year

1 to 2 
years

2 to 3
years

3 to 4
years

4 to 5 
years

More than
5 years

577,954

2 

6,332 

12,010 

5,386 

17,607 

14,625 

15,322 

120,366 

–

 – 

 – 

10,247 

5,386 

16,491 

157,313 

14,249 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

9,976 

71,320 

16,049 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

9,627 

445 

–

 – 

 – 

6,157 

445 

15,494 

14,717 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

7,954 

13,950 

 – 

 – 

 – 

13,590 

6,506 

 – 

 – 

31,917

41,270

17,151

32,333

207

–

(34,171)

38,650 

1,484 

45,705

(5,454)

(72,216)

(450)

(450)

8,974 

1,658 

3,674

107,255 

995 

248

659 

500 

 – 

659 

270 

 – 

(8,054)

11,349 

99 

 – 

853,189

253,808

164,368

65,114

22,005

25,298

434,047 

6,343 

5,276 

115,207 

7,056 

19,530 

14,625 

16,762 

11,173 

 – 

 – 

 – 

5,719 

5,138 

18,664 

14,625 

15,783 

118,632 

 – 

 – 

 – 

5,564 

5,138 

18,031 

157,313 

14,931 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

5,359 

68,039 

17,265 

 – 

13,964 

 – 

Total borrowings including interest

195,972 

178,561 

200,977 

104,627 

Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities

26,165 

25,413 

23,931 

22,678 

Derivative instruments(i)

Cross currency interest rate swaps

 – Receive leg

 – Pay leg

Interest rate swaps

Foreign currency forward contracts

(56,564)

(33,484)

69,506 

38,519 

346 

46,827 

103 

39,731 

(5,132)

8,865 

(301)

71 

(67,953)

107,201 

(522)

 – 

Total

 716,299 

 248,843 

 228,411 

 166,031 

 52,168 

 46,441 

(i)  Includes assets and liabilities.

108  downer edI LImIted

 – 

 – 

 – 

5,084 

424 

 – 

 – 

 – 

4,789 

8,012 

16,245 

29,361 

 – 

6,582 

 – 

28,335 

24,009 

(424)

659 

(411)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

42,162 

670 

(8,002)

12,007 

(396)

 – 

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 37. FINANCIAl INSTRUmENTS – CONTINUED

(i) Fair value of financial instruments 

The financial liability disclosed below is recorded in the financial statements at its carrying amount. Its fair value is shown in the 
table below:

Total borrowings (i)

(i)  total borrowings exclude finance leases and hire purchase liabilities.

Carrying amount  

Fair value  

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

512,621 

629,454 

525,202 

657,608 

The fair values and net fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities are determined as follows:

i) 

 The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities with standard terms and conditions and traded on active liquid 
markets are determined with reference to quoted market prices; 

ii)   The fair values of other financial assets and financial liabilities are determined in accordance with generally accepted pricing 

models based on discounted cash flow analysis; and

iii)   The fair values of derivative instruments included in hedging assets and liabilities are calculated using quoted prices. 

Where such prices are not available, the fair values are calculated using discounted cash flow analysis and based on the 
applicable yield curve for the duration of the term of the instruments.  

Transaction costs are included in the determination of net fair value.

annuaL rePort 2012  109

 
 
 
 
NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 37. FINANCIAl INSTRUmENTS – CONTINUED

Fair value measurements recognised in the statement of financial position

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, 
grouped into Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable.

 – Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets 

or liabilities;

 – Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are 

observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

 – Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability 

that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

4,084 

419

 – 

4,503

52,993 

42,187 

95,180 

 – 

–

5,188 

5,188 

 – 

 – 

 – 

4,084 

419

5,188 

9,691

52,993 

42,187 

95,180 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

5,786 

1,122 

 – 

 – 

6,908 

90,683 

42,852 

133,535 

 – 

 – 

5,786 

1,122 

5,373 

5,373 

13,750 

19,123 

13,750 

26,031 

 – 

 – 

 – 

90,683 

42,852 

133,535 

2012 

$’000

Financial assets in designated cash flow hedge 
accounting relationships

Foreign currency forward contracts

Financial assets in designated fair value hedge 
accounting relationships

Fair value commodity hedges

Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss

Unquoted equity investments

Financial liabilities in designated cash flow hedge 
accounting relationships

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

2011 

$’000

Financial assets in designated cash flow hedge 
accounting relationships

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss

Unquoted equity investments

Available-for-sale financial assets

Unquoted equity investments

Financial liabilities in designated cash flow hedge  
accounting relationships

Foreign currency forward contracts

Cross currency and interest rate swaps

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year.

110  downer edI LImIted

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 37. FINANCIAl INSTRUmENTS – CONTINUED

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets

2012

$’000

Opening balance

Net foreign currency exchange

Settlements

Disposals of business

Closing balance

2011

$’000

Opening balance

Total gains or losses:

 – in profit or loss

 – in other comprehensive income

Settlements

Purchases

Closing balance

Fair value 
through profit 
or loss 

Unquoted 
equity 
investments 

Available- 
for-sale

Unquoted 
equity 
investments 

Total 

13,750 

 19,123  

5,373 

–

(185)

–

5,188

(23)

–

(13,727)

–

Fair value 
through profit 
or loss 

Unquoted 
equity 
investments 

Available- 
for-sale

Unquoted 
equity 
investments 

(23)

(185)

(13,727)

5,188 

Total 

6,291 

15,236 

21,527 

(500)

 – 

(1,918)

1,500 

5,373 

 – 

(1,486)

 – 

 – 

13,750 

(500)

(1,486)

(1,918)

1,500 

19,123 

The table above only includes financial assets. There are no financial liabilities measured at fair value which are classified 
as Level 3.

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities

Unquoted equity investments
The fair value of the unquoted equity investments were determined based on the consolidated entity’s interest in the net assets 
of the unquoted entities.

annuaL rePort 2012  111

NOTES TO ThE FINANCIAl STATEmENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

NOTE 38. PARENT ENTITy DISClOSURES

(a) Financial position

Assets

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued capital

Retained earnings

Reserves

Employee benefit reserve

Total equity

(b) Financial performance

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Company

2012 
$’000 

2011 
$’000 

596,491 

1,162,030 

1,758,521 

56,039 

355,012 

411,051 

603,975 

1,119,009 

1,722,984 

26,874 

353,771 

380,645 

1,347,470 

1,342,339 

1,249,127 

1,245,294 

88,378 

82,270 

9,965 

14,775 

1,347,470 

1,342,339 

6,108 

 – 

6,108 

87,996 

 – 

87,996 

(c) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity in relation to debts of its subsidiaries

 The parent entity has, in the normal course of business, entered into guarantees in relation to the debts of its subsidiaries 
during the financial year.

(d) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity

The parent entity has no contingent liabilities as at 30 June 2012.

(e) Commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment by the parent entity 

The parent entity does not have any commitments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment as at 30 June 2012.

112  downer edI LImIted

 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ DEClARATION
for the year ended 30 June 2012

In the opinion of the Directors’ of Downer EDI Limited:

(a)  The financial statements and notes set out on pages 33 to 112 are in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001 

(Cth), including:

(i) 

  Complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting 
requirements; and

(ii)   The financial statements and notes thereto give a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the 

Company and the consolidated entity;

(b)  There are reasonable grounds to believe that Downer EDI Limited will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due 

and payable;

(c)  The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth); and

(d)  The attached financial statements are in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as noted in Note 1 to the 

financial statements.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to Section 295(5) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding 
Chairman

Sydney, 13 August 2012

annuaL rePort 2012  113

 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

114  downer edI LImIted

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
for the year ended 30 June 2012

annuaL rePort 2012  115

SUSTAINABIlITy PERFORmANCE SUmmARy 2011/2012

SUSTAINABIlITy AT DOWNER

Sustainability for Downer means being a valued contributor 
to the communities in which we operate, demonstrating 
sound environmental performance and being a responsible 
employer, while delivering excellence to our customers 
and rewarding our shareholders. We recognise that climate 
change presents a challenge to business, society and the 
natural environment. Downer is committed to participating 
in climate change solutions by developing processes 
and technology to reduce our emissions and overall 
energy consumption. 

We are committed to tracking and disclosing our 
sustainability impacts, challenges and opportunities 
through our annual Sustainability Report which is a 
supplement to our 2012 Annual Report and Annual 
Review. The Sustainability Report provides a summary 
of our non-financial, sustainability-related performance 
for the year ended 30 June 2012 and will be available on 
the Downer website in December 2012.

Understanding and managing our environmental impacts 
throughout the lifecycle of our products and services is 
fundamental to our long-term business success. Our ability 
to manage these impacts, and to identify opportunities 
to assist our clients to do the same, will deliver long term 
environmental benefits for all. 

manaGement systems

Downer maintains a Zero Harm Management System (ZHMS) 
that provides a level of governance across our core safety 
and environmental management systems. It ensures that all 
our activities are undertaken in a manner that will not result 
in harm to the people associated with our operations, to the 
communities in which we work, or to the environment. 

During 2011–12, we undertook a major review of our high level 
ZHMS documents. These are our 146 Compliance Guides 
that identify the key requirements for Downer to meet its 
obligations for compliance with relevant international and 
Australian standards, conventions, statutes, regulations and 
codes of practice including:

 – Australian standards referenced in legislation;

 – statutory licences and industry codes;

 – responsible care; and

 – Downer’s Zero Harm policies, standards and procedures.

The Compliance Guides reframe these obligations or 
requirements into a set of documents based on operational 
issues relevant to Downer’s activities. Leadership and how 
we engage our employees and contractors through training 
and awareness raising, is fundamental to supporting our 
management systems and ensuring that they continue to be 
effective and assist us improving our Zero Harm performance.

A major focus during the year was the integration of essential 
processes, procedures and systems management across the 
newly formed division of Downer Australia which integrated 
the former Works, Engineering, CPG Resources and Emerging 
Sectors businesses to ensure continuity of Zero Harm practice.

heaLth and safety

We aspire to create a Zero Harm environment which, in 
the context of health and safety, means caring for and 
protecting our people with a goal of zero injuries or health 
impacts. Tragically, during the year two employees died 
as a result of reversing vehicles. Following these fatalities 
we have undertaken a comprehensive review of work 
systems and practices and a number of initiatives have 
been implemented to address the hazards involved with 
reversing vehicles.

Our health and safety performance is monitored through 
the measure of Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)1 and 
Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR).2 At 30 June 
2012, our LTIFR remains less than 1 at 0.93 per million hours 
worked and the TRIFR continues to reduce and currently is 
13.4 per cent lower than the previous year at 6.21 per million 
hours worked.3

envIronmentaL sustaInaBILIty

The diversity and scope of Downer’s activities mean that our 
potential sustainability related impacts are wide-ranging. We 
realise that our social licence to operate is contingent upon 
our ability to identify, manage and mitigate these impacts. 
Effective management of our environmental impacts is 
embedded in our overall risk management processes and 
our divisions operate under tailored, robust aspects and 
impacts registers that address site facility and project-based 
hazards and risks. This approach reflects the diversity of our 
operations, and the need to focus on industry-specific risks 
and opportunities.

Climate change remains a key challenge for business, 
society and the natural environment. We operate within 
carbon-intensive industries and therefore key challenges for 
us are the effective management of our own carbon-related 
activities and the emission of greenhouse gases (GHG) 
to reduce our emissions intensity. Our response to climate 
change is an integrated approach to our emission-related 
activities, focusing on compliance, business improvement 
and business development opportunities. 

As Downer is largely a contract service provider, this strategy 
has been influenced by the climate change related issues 
which also have an impact on our customers. Our ability to 
develop processes and technology to reduce our emissions 
and overall energy consumption across a wide range of 
business activities such as mining and manufacturing asphalt 
allows us to assist our customers in managing the climate 
change challenges for own their businesses.

Further information about Downer’s approach to 
sustainability is available in our Annual Review and our 
2011 Sustainability Reports, which are available on the 
Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

1 

 Lost time injuries (LtIs) are defined as diseases or occurrences that result in a fatality, permanent disability or time lost from one day/shift or 
more. the LtIfr is the number of LtIs per million hours worked.

2  trIfr is the number of fatal injuries + lost-time injuries + medically treated injuries per million hours worked.

3 

 Published safety statistics may be subject to change due to updates in incident classifications and amendments to hours worked. these data 
will be subject to third party verification and will be published in the 2012 sustainability report.

116  downer edI LImIted

CORPORATE gOvERNANCE
for the year ended 30 June 2012

OvERvIEW 

Downer’s corporate governance framework provides the 
platform from which: 

 – the Board is accountable to shareholders for the 

operations, performance and growth of the Company;

 – Downer management is accountable to the Board;

 – the risks of Downer’s business are identified and managed; 

and

The performance of Downer’s senior executives is regularly 
reviewed against appropriate measures, including individual 
performance targets linked to the business plan and overall 
corporate objectives. Downer’s senior executives participate 
in periodic performance evaluations where they receive 
feedback on progress against these targets.

PRINCIPlE 2 – STRUCTURE ThE BOARD 
TO ADD vAlUE

 – Downer effectively communicates with its shareholders 

and the investment community.

Throughout the 2012 financial year, the Board was comprised 
of a majority of independent Directors. 

Downer continues to enhance its policies and processes to 
promote leading corporate governance practices. 

The Board endorses the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s 
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations 
(ASX Principles).

PRINCIPlE 1 – lAy SOlID FOUNDATIONS 
FOR mANAgEmENT AND OvERSIghT

The Downer Board Charter sets out the functions and 
responsibilities of the Board and is available on the 
Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Board Charter states that the role of the Board is 
to provide strategic guidance for the Company and 
to effectively oversee management of the Company. 
Among other things, the Board is responsible for: 

 – overseeing the Company, including its control and 

accountability systems;

 – appointing and removing the Group CEO and senior 

executives; 

 – monitoring performance of the Group CEO and senior 

executives; and 

 – reviewing, ratifying and monitoring systems of risk 

management and internal control, codes of conduct 
and legal compliance.

Directors receive formal letters of engagement setting out the 
key terms, conditions and expectations of their engagement. 

The Board Charter also describes the functions delegated to 
management, led by the Group CEO. 

The primary goal set for management by the Board is to 
focus on enhancing shareholder value, which includes 
responsibility for Downer’s economic, environmental and 
social performance. 

The Group CEO is responsible for the day-to-day 
management of Downer and his authority is delegated 
and authorised by the Board. 

Details of the Downer Executive Leadership Team are 
available on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Board has formal induction procedures for both Directors 
and senior executives. These induction procedures have 
been developed to enable new Directors and senior 
executives to gain an understanding of: 

 – Downer’s financial position, strategies, operations and risk 

management policies; and 

 – the respective rights, duties and responsibilities and roles 

of the Board and senior executives. 

The Board is currently comprised of the Chairman 
(Mike Harding, an independent, Non-executive Director), 
seven independent, Non-executive Directors and an 
Executive Director (the Group CEO, Grant Fenn). Details of 
the members of the Board, including their skills, experience, 
status and their term of office are set out in the Directors’ 
Report on pages 2 to 3 and are also available on the Downer 
website at www.downergroup.com.

The composition of the Board is assessed by the Nominations 
and Corporate Governance Committee to ensure the Board 
is of a composition, size and commitment to effectively 
discharge its responsibilities and duties.

Directors are required to bring an independent judgement 
to bear on all Board decisions. To facilitate this, it is Downer’s 
policy to provide Directors with access to independent 
professional advice at the Company’s expense in 
appropriate circumstances. 

Downer’s Non-executive Directors recognise the benefit of 
conferring regularly without management present, and they 
do so at various times throughout the year.

The Board considers that an independent Director is a Non-
executive Director who is not a member of management and 
who is free of any business or other relationship that could 
(or could reasonably be perceived to) materially interfere 
with the independent exercise of their judgement. The Board 
regularly assesses the independence of each Director.

Downer’s governance framework requires each Director to 
promptly disclose actual and possible conflicts of interest, 
any interests in contracts, other directorships or offices 
held, related party transactions and any dealing in the 
Company’s securities. 

At least one Director must retire from office at each Annual 
General Meeting (AGM). No Non-executive Director can 
serve more than three years without offering themselves 
for re-election.

The Chairman of the Board is an independent, Non-executive 
Director. He is responsible for leadership of the Board and for 
the efficient organisation and functioning of the Board. The 
Chairman is appointed by the Board to ensure that a high 
standard of values, governance and constructive interaction 
is maintained. 

The Chairman facilitates the effective contribution of all 
Directors and promotes constructive and respectful relations 
between Directors and the Board and management. He also 
represents the views of the Board to Downer’s shareholders 
and conducts the AGM.

annuaL rePort 2012  117

CORPORATE gOvERNANCE
for the year ended 30 June 2012

PRINCIPlE 2 – STRUCTURE ThE BOARD TO ADD vAlUE – CONTINUED

The roles of Chairman and Group CEO are not exercised by the same person and the division of responsibilities between 
the Chairman and the Group CEO have been agreed by the Board and are set out in the Board Charter and Downer’s 
delegations policy.

The Board has established a number of subcommittees to assist the Board to effectively and efficiently execute its 
responsibilities. A list of the main Board Committees and their membership is set out in the table below. 

Board Committee

Audit Committee

Chairman

S A Chaplain 

Zero Harm Committee

C G Thorne

Nominations and Corporate
Governance Committee

R M Harding

Remuneration Committee

L Di Bartolomeo

Risk Committee

C G Thorne

Disclosure Committee

R M Harding

Members

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson

C G Thorne

G A Fenn

R M Harding

E A Howell

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson

S A Chaplain

P S Garling

R M Harding

S A Chaplain

L Di Bartolomeo

G A Fenn

P S Garling

R M Harding

E A Howell

J S Humphrey

K G Sanderson

G A Fenn

J S Humphrey

The names of members of each committee, the number of meetings and the attendances by each of the members of 
the various committees to which they are appointed are set out in the Directors’ Report on page 8. 

The Board has established the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee to oversee the selection and 
appointment practices of the Company. 

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’s primary purpose is to support and advise the Board on fulfilling 
its responsibilities to shareholders by ensuring that the Board is comprised of individuals who are best able to discharge the 
responsibilities of Directors having regard to the law and leading governance practice.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee has a charter which sets out its roles and responsibilities, composition, 
structure, membership requirements and the procedures for inviting non-committee members to attend meetings. The 
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee Charter gives the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee 
access to internal and external resources, including access to advice from external consultants and specialists. The Nominations 
and Corporate Governance Committee Charter is available on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

118  downer edI LImIted

CORPORATE gOvERNANCE
for the year ended 30 June 2012

PRINCIPlE 2 – STRUCTURE ThE BOARD 
TO ADD vAlUE – CONTINUED

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee, 
all members of which are independent Directors, is chaired 
by an independent Director and has a minimum of three 
members.

The Board is provided with the information it needs to 
discharge its responsibilities effectively. The Directors also 
have access to the Company Secretary for all Board and 
governance-related issues and the appointment and 
removal of the Company Secretary is determined by the 
Board. The Company Secretary is accountable to the 
Board on all governance matters. 

The Committee’s responsibilities include: 

 – assessing the skills and competencies required on the 

Board; 

 – assessing the extent to which the required skills are 

represented on the Board;

 – establishing processes for the review of the performance 

of individual Directors and the Board as a whole; 

 – establishing processes for identifying suitable candidates 

for appointment to the Board; and

 – recommending the engagement of nominated persons 

as Directors.

When appointing Directors, the Nominations and Corporate 
Governance Committee aims to ensure that an appropriate 
balance of skills, experience, expertise and diversity is 
represented on the Board. The Company recognises the 
value of diversity and diversity has been a component of 
the appointment process over the past few years.

From time to time, Downer engages external specialists 
to assist with the selection process as necessary, and the 
Chairman and Group CEO meet with nominees as part of 
the appointment process. 

Nominations for re-election of directors are reviewed by the 
Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee and 
Directors are re-elected in accordance with the Downer 
Constitution and the ASX Listing Rules.

As part of its commitment to leading corporate governance 
practice, the Board undertakes improvement programs, 
including periodic review of its performance in consultation 
with an external consultant. 

The Board is currently undertaking an externally facilitated 
review of its performance and that of its Committees. The 
review includes written surveys and interviews. The Board will 
discuss the results of the review at a Board meeting.

Additionally, Downer’s Director and senior executive induction 
program is designed to enable new Directors and senior 
executives to gain an understanding of, among other things, 
Downer’s culture and values and the Company’s financial, 
strategic, operational and risk management position. 

Directors are given an induction briefing by the Company 
Secretary and an induction pack containing information 
about Downer and its business, Board and Committee charters 
and Downer group policies. New Directors also meet with 
key senior executives to gain an insight into the Company’s 
business operations and the Downer group structure.

Directors are encouraged to continually build on their 
exposure to the Company’s business and a formal program 
of Director site visits has been in place since 2009. 

Directors are also encouraged to attend appropriate 
training and professional development courses to update 
and enhance their skills and knowledge and the Company 
Secretary regularly organises governance and other 
continuing education sessions for the Board.

PRINCIPlE 3 – PROmOTE EThICAl AND 
RESPONSIBlE DECISION-mAKINg

Downer strives to attain the highest standards of behaviour 
and business ethics when engaging in corporate activity. 
The Downer Standards of Business Conduct sets the ethical 
tone and standards of the Company and deals with matters 
such as: 

 – compliance with the letter and the spirit of the law; 

 – prohibition against bribery and corruption; 

 – protection of confidential information; 

 – engaging with stakeholders;

 – workplace safety; 

 – diversity and inclusiveness;

 – sustainability; and 

 – conflicts of interest. 

Downer also has a formal whistleblower policy and 
procedures for reporting and investigating breaches 
of the Standards of Business Conduct.

The Standards of Business Conduct applies to all officers 
and employees and is available on the Downer website 
at www.downergroup.com.

Downer endorses leading governance practices and has 
in place policies setting out the Company’s approach to 
various matters, including: 

 – securities trading (stipulating ‘closed periods’ for 

designated employees and a formal process which all 
employees must adhere to when dealing in securities); 

 – the Company’s disclosure obligations (including 

continuous disclosure);

 – communicating with shareholders and the general 

investment community; and

 – privacy. 

These policies are available on the Downer website  
at www.downergroup.com.

dIversIty at downer

Downer formalised its practices in a Diversity and 
Inclusiveness Policy in July 2011, that sets out the diversity 
strategy for Downer, which has a particular focus on gender, 
age and cultural diversity. Downer also has established a 
Diversity and Inclusiveness Committee made up of senior 
executives across the Group which meets on a regular basis. 

Prior to the adoption of the Diversity and Inclusiveness Policy, 
Downer has reported on diversity in its annual Sustainability 
Report since 2009. 

The Diversity and Inclusiveness Policy and Downer’s 
Sustainability Reports are available on the Downer 
website at www.downergroup.com.

annuaL rePort 2012  119

CORPORATE gOvERNANCE
for the year ended 30 June 2012

PRINCIPlE 3 – PROmOTE EThICAl AND RESPONSIBlE DECISION-mAKINg – CONTINUED

asx dIversIty recommendatIons – dIversIty statement

This diversity statement outlines Downer’s performance throughout 2012 with respect to gender diversity and specifically 
includes:

 – details of Downer’s key gender representation metrics;

 – an overview of the gender diversity initiatives undertaken by Downer throughout 2012; and

 – an outline of Downer’s measurable gender diversity objectives for 2013.

Gender rePresentatIon metrIcs

As at 30 June 2012, the gender representation metrics were as follows:

 – three of the eight non-executive directors on the Downer Board are women;

 – women currently make up six per cent of Senior Management/Executive roles; and

 – women constitute approximately 11 per cent of Downer’s workforce.

LooKInG BacK: fy 2012 measuraBLe oBJectIves

Objective

Outcome

Improve the gender balance of the Downer Board.

During 2012, Downer appointed two women to its Board as 
Non-executive Directors resulting in a total of three female 
Board members.

Increase the number of new female Senior Management/
Executive appointments.

The number of women holding Senior Management/Executive 
roles remained static at 6 per cent.

Increase the number of female applicants and 
female recruitment across all roles in Downer.

The number of females recruited by Downer increased by 2 per 
cent, while the number of applicants decreased by 1 per cent.

To undertake a review of the issues facing women 
in the workplace at Downer so that structured 
consultative processes, initiatives, policies and 
support programs can be established.

Continue to promote awareness and understanding of 
the importance of diversity and inclusiveness at a Senior 
Executive/Management level.

Increase awareness of Indigenous and 
Torres Strait Islander affairs.

A gender diversity survey was sent to over 2,000 women across 
all roles in Australia and New Zealand, of which 1,150 women 
participated. The analysis of the findings of the survey has 
resulted in the recommendation of a number of gender 
related initiatives and programs, and the formation of focus 
groups to further analyse the findings and ensure that those 
initiatives and programs are prioritised appropriately.

Diversity and inclusiveness was established as a standing 
agenda item at the monthly executive committee meeting 
attended by Downer’s most senior executives. The executive 
committee considers and endorses recommendations made 
by Downer’s Diversity and Inclusiveness Committee and 
monitors the status of diversity and inclusiveness issues as 
well as the progress made on initiatives and programs.

Downer has developed an Indigenous and Torres Strait 
Islander Affairs strategy for the Group covering matters such 
as governance, stakeholder engagement, social investment, 
business partnerships and indigenous employment. 

Increase the number of Indigenous and Torres Strait 
Islander employees across the Group.

The number of Indigenous and Torres Strait Islander employees 
has increased by approximately 200 since 2010/2011.

movInG forward: fy13 measuraBLe oBJectIves

As part of Downer’s ongoing commitment to the regular review and updating of its measurable objectives, Downer has 
re-affirmed its objectives for 2013:

 – continue to incrementally increase the number of women holding Senior Management/Executive positions;

 – continue to improve recruitment processes to increase the number of female applicants across all roles in Downer; 

 – continue to review, evaluate and assess the initiatives, policies and programs that have been or are in the process of 
being implemented to ensure such initiatives, policies and programs remain relevant to the issues facing women in 
the Downer workforce; and

 – continue to promote awareness and an understanding of Indigenous and Torres Strait Islander affairs by implementing 

the Indigenous and Torres Strait Islander Affairs strategy at the Group level.

120  downer edI LImIted

CORPORATE gOvERNANCE
for the year ended 30 June 2012

PRINCIPlE 4 – SAFEgUARD INTEgRITy IN 
FINANCIAl REPORTINg

PRINCIPlE 6 – RESPECT ThE RIghTS 
OF ShAREhOlDERS

The Company has in place a structure of review 
and authorisation which independently verifies and 
safeguards the integrity of its financial reporting.

The Audit Committee assists the Board to fulfil its 
responsibility relating to the quality and integrity of the 
accounting, auditing and reporting practices of the 
Company and its role includes a particular focus on the 
qualitative aspects of financial reporting to shareholders.

The Audit Committee is structured so that it: 

 – consists of only Non-executive Directors; 

 – consists of a majority of independent Directors; 

 – is chaired by an independent Chairman 

(who is not the Chairman of the Board); and

 – has at least three members. 

The Audit Committee currently comprises only 
independent Directors, includes members who are 
financially literate and has at least one member who 
has relevant qualifications and experience. 

The Audit Committee Charter sets out the Audit Committee’s 
role and responsibilities, composition, structure and 
membership requirements and the procedures for inviting 
non-committee members to attend meetings. 

The Audit Committee Charter is available on the Downer 
website at www.downergroup.com.

The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the 
integrity of Downer’s financial reporting and overseeing the 
independence of the external auditors. The Audit Committee 
reports to the Board on all matters relevant to its role and 
responsibilities.

PRINCIPlE 5 – mAKE TImEly AND 
BAlANCED DISClOSURE

The Company’s Disclosure Policy sets out processes 
which assist the Company to ensure that all investors 
have equal and timely access to material information 
about the Company and that Company announcements 
are factual and presented in a clear and balanced 
way. A copy of the Disclosure Policy is available on the 
Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Disclosure Policy also sets out the procedures for 
identifying and disclosing material and price-sensitive 
information in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 
(Cth) and the ASX Listing Rules.

Downer’s Disclosure Committee consists of two independent, 
Non-executive Directors (one of which is the Chairman of 
the Board) and the Group CEO. The Disclosure Committee 
oversees disclosure of information by the Company to the 
market and the general investment community.

Downer empowers its shareholders by: 

 – communicating effectively with shareholders; 

 – giving shareholders ready access to balanced and 

understandable information about the Company; and 

 – making it easy for shareholders to participate in 

general meetings. 

The Downer Communication Policy sets out the Company’s 
approach to communicating with shareholders and is 
available on the Downer website at www.downergroup.com.

The Company publishes corporate information on its website 
(www.downergroup.com), including Annual and Half Year 
Reports, ASX announcements and media releases. 

Downer encourages shareholder participation at AGMs 
through its use of electronic communication, including 
by making notices of meetings available on its website 
and audio casting of general meetings and significant 
Group presentations.

Downer’s external auditor attends the Company’s AGMs 
and is available to answer any questions which shareholders 
may have about the conduct of the external audit for the 
relevant financial year and the preparation and content of 
the Audit Report.

PRINCIPlE 7 – RECOgNISE AND mANAgE RISK

To mitigate the risks that arise through its activities, Downer 
has various risk management policies and guidelines in place 
that cover (among other matters) interest rate management, 
foreign exchange risk management, credit risk management 
and operational and decision-making risk management.

Downer has controls at the Board, executive and business 
unit levels that are designed to safeguard Downer’s interests 
and ensure the integrity of reporting (including accounting, 
financial reporting, environment and workplace health and 
safety policies and procedures). These controls are designed 
to ensure that Downer complies with legal and regulatory 
requirements, as well as community standards.

Downer has a risk management function to monitor risk and 
uses external consultants to assist with the ongoing review 
of risk management across the Downer Group. Downer has 
also established principles for the Company to follow to 
ensure that contract formation and contract management 
processes are maintained and improved.

Management reports regularly to the Board on the 
effectiveness of Downer’s management of its material 
business risks. The Board regularly reviews the effectiveness 
of the Company’s systems for the management of material 
business risks and the implementation of these systems.

The Company’s internal audit team analyses and undertakes 
independent appraisal of the adequacy and effectiveness 
of Downer’s risk management and internal control system. 
Downer’s internal audit team is independent of the 
external auditor and has access to the Audit Committee 
and to management. 

annuaL rePort 2012  121

The Company’s previous Constitution allowed for retiring 
Non-executive Directors to receive a retiring allowance, 
subject to the limitations set out in the Corporations Act 
2001 (Cth). Consistent with the ASX Principles, the right to 
retirement benefits was frozen in 2005. However, because 
remuneration arrangements for some Non-executive 
Directors were in place prior to 2005, information about any 
payments has been fully provided in the financial statements 
where such retirement benefits have been paid. Directors 
entitled to a retirement benefit were paid a reduced fee and 
once a director’s accumulated reduction in base fees has 
reached the value of the retirement benefit, the applicable 
base fee reverts to the general fee level. This has been 
applied to Mr Humphrey from 1 July 2009. The retirement 
benefit has not been offered to Non-executive Directors 
appointed subsequently.

Non-executive Directors do not participate in any equity 
incentive schemes.

The remuneration structure for Executive Directors and senior 
executives is designed to achieve a balance between 
fixed and variable remuneration taking into account the 
performance of the individual and the performance of the 
Company. Executive Directors receive payment of equity-
based remuneration as short and long-term incentives. 

Executive Directors and senior executives are prohibited 
from entering into transactions in associated products 
which limit the economic risk of participating in unvested 
entitlements under any of the Company’s equity-based 
remuneration schemes. 

Further details about the remuneration of Executive Directors 
and senior executives are set out in the Remuneration 
Report at page 10 and details of Downer shares beneficially 
owned by Directors are provided in the Directors’ Report 
at page 4.

CORPORATE gOvERNANCE
for the year ended 30 June 2012

PRINCIPlE 7 – RECOgNISE AND mANAgE RISK 
– CONTINUED

Downer has established a Risk Committee to assist the Board 
in its oversight of Downer’s risk profile and risk policies, the 
effectiveness of the systems of internal control and framework 
for risk management and Downer’s compliance with 
applicable legal and regulatory obligations. 

The Risk Committee Charter is available on the Downer 
website at www.downergroup.com.

The Board receives assurances from the Group CEO and the 
Group CFO that the declaration provided in accordance 
with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) is 
founded on a sound system of risk management and internal 
control and that the system is operating effectively in all 
material respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

PRINCIPlE 8 – REmUNERATE FAIRly AND 
RESPONSIBly

The Board has established a Remuneration Committee and 
has adopted the Remuneration Committee Charter which 
sets out its role and responsibilities, composition, structure 
and membership requirements and the procedures for 
inviting non-committee members to attend meetings. 

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing 
and making recommendations to the Board about:

 – executive remuneration and incentive policies;

 – the remuneration, recruitment, retention, performance 

measurement and termination policies and procedures for 
all senior executives reporting directly to the Group CEO, 
including the Group CFO and the Company Secretary; 

 – executive and equity-based incentive plans; and 

 – superannuation arrangements and retirement payments.

Remuneration of the Group CEO, executive directors and 
non-executive directors forms part of the responsibilities of 
the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee.

Downer’s remuneration policy is designed to motivate senior 
executives to pursue the long-term growth and success of 
the Company and prescribes a relationship between the 
performance and remuneration of senior executives. 

The Remuneration Committee consists of a majority of 
independent Directors, is chaired by an independent 
Director and has at least three members (there is currently 
no Executive Director on the Remuneration Committee). 

The maximum aggregate fee approved by shareholders 
that can be paid to Non-executive Directors is $2.0 million 
per annum. This cap was approved by shareholders on 
30 October 2008. Further details about remuneration paid 
to Non-executive Directors are set out in the Remuneration 
Report at page 10.

122  downer edI LImIted

INFORmATION FOR INvESTORS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

DOWNER ShAREhOlDERS

UPDATINg yOUR ShAREhOlDER DETAIlS 

Downer had 23,157 ordinary shareholders as at 30 June 2012.

The largest shareholder, National Nominees Ltd, holds 
21.49% of the 429,100,296 fully paid ordinary shares issued at 
that date. Downer has 20,599 shareholders with registered 
addresses in Australia.

SECURITIES ExChANgE lISTINg 

Downer is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) 
under the ‘Downer EDI’ market call code 3965, with ASX code 
DOW, and is secondary listed on the New Zealand Exchange 
with the ticker code DOW NZ.

COmPANy INFORmATION 

The Company’s website www.downergroup.com offers 
comprehensive information about Downer and its services. 
The site also contains news releases and announcements 
to the ASX, financial presentations, Annual Reports, Half 
Year Reports and company newsletters. Downer printed 
communications for shareholders include the Annual 
Report which is available on request.

DIvIDENDS 

Dividends are determined by the Board having regard to 
a range of circumstances within the business operations of 
Downer including operating profit and capital requirements. 
The level of franking on dividends is dependent on the level 
of taxes to be paid to the Australian Taxation Office.

Shareholders can update their details 
(including bank accounts, DRP elections, tax 
file number and email addresses) online at 
www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Shareholders will require their holder number (SRN/HIN) 
and postcode to access this site.

TAx FIlE NUmBER INFORmATION

Providing your tax file number to Downer is not compulsory. 
However, for shareholders who have not supplied their tax file 
number, Downer is required to deduct tax at the top marginal 
rate plus Medicare levy from unfranked dividends paid to 
investors residing in Australia. For more information please 
contact Computershare.

lOST ISSUER SPONSORED STATEmENT

You are advised to contact Computershare immediately, 
in writing, if your issuer sponsored statement has been lost 
or stolen.

ANNUAl REPORT mAIlINg lIST

Shareholders must elect to receive a Downer Annual Report 
by writing to Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd at the 
address provided. Alternatively shareholders may choose to 
receive this publication electronically.

ChANgE OF ADDRESS

International shareholders can use Computershare’s Global 
Payments System to receive dividend payments in the 
currency of their choice at a nominal cost to the shareholder.

So that we can keep you informed, and protect your interests 
in Downer, it is important that you inform Computershare of 
any change of your registered address.

DIvIDEND REINvESTmENT PlAN

Downer’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) is a mechanism 
to allow shareholders to increase their shareholding in the 
Company without the usual costs associated with share 
acquisitions, such as brokerage. Details of the DRP are 
available from the company’s website or the Easy Update 
website at www.computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow. 
The DRP is currently suspended.

ShARE REgISTRy 

Shareholders and investors seeking information about 
Downer shareholdings or dividends should contact the 
Company’s share registry, Computershare Investor Services 
Pty Ltd (Computershare):

AUDITOR

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
Level 3, 225 George Street 
SYDNEY NSW 2000

REgISTERED OFFICE AND PRINCIPAl 
ADmINISTRATION OFFICE

Downer EDI Limited 
Level 2, Triniti III 
Triniti Business Campus 
39 Delhi Road 
NORTH RYDE NSW 2113

Tel: +61 2 9468 9700 
Fax: +61 2 9813 8915

Level 5 
115 Grenfell Street 
Adelaide SA 5000

GPO Box 1903 
Adelaide SA 5001

Tel: 1300 556 161 (within Australia) 
+61 3 9415 4000 (outside Australia) 

Fax: 1300 534 987 (within Australia) 
+61 3 9473 2408 (outside Australia)

www.computershare.com 

Shareholders must give their holder number (SRN/HIN) when 
making inquiries. This number is recorded on issuer sponsored 
and CHESS statements.

AUSTRAlIAN SECURITIES ExChANgE 
INFORmATION AS AT 30 JUNE 2012

Number of holders of equity securities

ordInary share caPItaL

429,100,296 fully paid listed ordinary shares were held by 
23,157 shareholders. All issued ordinary shares carry one 
vote per share.

annuaL rePort 2012  123

INFORmATION FOR INvESTORS
for the year ended 30 June 2012

suBstantIaL sharehoLders

The following shareholders have notified that they are substantial shareholders of Downer as at 30 June 2012.

Shareholders

JCP Investment Partners Ltd

Dimensional Fund Advisors LP

dIstrIButIon of hoLders of quoted equIty securItIes

Shareholder distribution of quoted equity securities as at 30 June 2012.

Ordinary shares 
held

% of issued 
shares

30,986,090

21,455,380

7.22

5.00

Range of holdings

1 - 1,000

1,001 - 5,000

5,001 - 10,000

10,001 - 100,000

100,001 and over

Total

Holding less than a marketable parcel of shares

twenty LarGest sharehoLders

Number of 
shareholders

Shareholders 
%

Ordinary  
shares held

Shares 
%

13,000

7,948

1,316

828

65

23,157

1,305

56.1

34.3

5.7

3.6

0.3

5,792,991

18,392,423

9,316,497

18,572,127

377,026,258

100.0

429,100,296

1.35

4.29

2.17

4.33

87.86

100.00

Downer’s twenty largest shareholders of ordinary fully paid shares as at 30 June 2012.

Shareholders

National Nominees Limited

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd

JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited – Cash Income A/C

Cogent Nominees Pty Ltd

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – NT-Comnwlth Super Corp A/C

Citicorp Nominees Pty Ltd – Colonial First State Inv A/C

CPU Share Plans Pty Ltd

AMP Life Ltd

Cogent Nominees Pty Limited – SMP Accounts

Cogent Nominees Pty Limited – DRP

Queensland Investment Corporation

Argo Investments Ltd

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Ltd – A/C 3

Masfen Securities Ltd

Sandhurst Trustees Ltd – Harper Bernays Ltd

Mr Barry Sydney Patterson + Mrs Glenice Margaret Patterson

Suncorp Custodian Services Pty Limited – SGAEAT

Woodross Nominees Pty Ltd

Total for top 20 shareholders

on-marKet Buy-BacK

There is no current on-market buy-back.

124  downer edI LImIted

Shares held

92,192,959

86.951.980

74,323,092

26,998,932

20,356,876

19,173,258

9,949,943

8,790,835

8,149,914

4,233,577

3,449,027

2,783,750

2,448,015

2,392,527

1,636,546

1,171,647

916,944

891,642

807,948

514,691

% of issued 
shares

21.49

20.26

17.32

6.29

4.74

4.47

2.32

2.05

1.90

0.99

0.80

0.65

0.57

0.56

0.38

0.27

0.21

0.21

0.19

0.12

368,134,103

85.79

DOWNER gROUP OFFICE

downer edI LImIted

Level 2, Triniti III 
Triniti Business Campus 
39 Delhi Road 
North Ryde NSW 2113 
Australia 
T +61 2 9468 9700 
F +61 2 9813 8915 
ABN 97 003 872 848

DOWNER INFRASTRUCTURE 

austraLIa

Level 11 
468 St Kilda Road 
Melbourne VIC 3004 
Australia 
T +61 3 9864 0800 
F +61 3 9864 0801

new ZeaLand

130 Kerrs Road 
Wiri, Auckland, 2022 
New Zealand 
T +64 9 256 9810 
F +64 9 256 9811

DOWNER mININg

Level 7, 104 Melbourne Street 
South Brisbane QLD 4101 
Australia 
T +61 7 3026 6666 
F +61 7 3026 6060

DOWNER RAIl

Level 4, 5 Rider Boulevard 
Rhodes NSW 2138 
Australia 
T +61 2 8775 5700 
F +61 2 8775 5755

www.downergroup.com